Commit graph

8683 commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Juliusz Sosinowicz
a49f628845 wolfSSL: Fix wrong types in tls_wolfssl.c
wolfSSL_X509_get_ext_d2i() returns STACK_OF(GENERAL_NAME)* for
ALT_NAMES_OID therefore wolfSSL_sk_value needs to expect a
WOLFSSL_GENERAL_NAME*.

In addition, explicitly check for NULL return from wolfSSL_sk_value().

Signed-off-by: Juliusz Sosinowicz <juliusz@wolfssl.com>
2020-10-11 10:56:47 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
52a1b28345 nl80211: Unbreak mode processing due to presence of S1G band
If kernel advertises a band with channels < 2.4 GHz
hostapd/wpa_supplicant gets confused and assumes this is an IEEE
802.11b, corrupting the real IEEE 802.11b band info.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com>
2020-10-10 20:49:59 +03:00
Johannes Berg
ce963433bd build: Allow overriding BUILDDIR from command line
You can now specify BUILDDIR= on the make command line,
e.g., in order to put that into a tmpfs or similar.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-10 13:06:53 +03:00
Johannes Berg
6acda53222 build: Add .config file to dependencies
If the .config file changes, basically everything needs to be
rebuilt since we don't try to detect which symbols changed or
such. Now that the .config file handling is in the common
build system, make everything depend on it if there's one.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-10 12:52:58 +03:00
Johannes Berg
722138cd25 build: Put object files into build/ folder
Instead of building in the source tree, put most object
files into the build/ folder at the root, and put each
thing that's being built into a separate folder.

This then allows us to build hostapd and wpa_supplicant
(or other combinations) without "make clean" inbetween.

For the tests keep the objects in place for now (and to
do that, add the build rule) so that we don't have to
rewrite all of that with $(call BUILDOBJS,...) which is
just noise there.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-10 12:51:39 +03:00
Johannes Berg
0464d5d5d6 build: Move config file handling into build.rules
This will make it easier to split out the handling in
a proper way, and handle common cflags/dependencies.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-10 12:49:31 +03:00
Johannes Berg
0430bc8267 build: Add a common-clean target
Clean up in a more common fashion as well, initially for ../src/.

Also add $(Q) to the clean target in src/

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-10 12:48:41 +03:00
Johannes Berg
06a6adb54e build: Use build.rules in lib.rules
Use the new build.rules in lib.rules and also unify the
clean targets to lib.rules.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-10 12:47:41 +03:00
Johannes Berg
3ff115db6f build: Disable built-in rules
This makes things faster and easier to debug.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-10 12:47:41 +03:00
Johannes Berg
a41a29192e build: Pull common fragments into a build.rules file
Some things are used by most of the binaries, pull them
into a common rule fragment that we can use properly.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-10-10 12:47:29 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
a28d127b1a AP: Reflect status code in SAE reflection attack test
When testing SAE reflection, the incoming commit may have the H2E status
code (126) or SAE-PK (127), but the test code in the AP was always
sending back status code 0. The STA would then reject the commit
response due to expecting H2E/SAE-PK status code.

Just reflect the incoming status code so the commit can be rejected
based on the SAE contents regardless of which variant of SAE was used.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com>
2020-10-09 16:50:36 +03:00
Roy Marples
8776551bf8 BSD: don't log SIOCG80211 errors during interface setup
Unless debugging.
wpa_supplicant will log it failed to initialized the driver for the
interface anyway so this just silences some noise for users.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2020-10-09 16:50:36 +03:00
Matthew Wang
922fa09972 Global parser functions to return 1 when property unchanged
Currently, wpa_config_set(), the function that sets wpa_supplicant
per-network properties, returns 1 when a property it attempts to set is
unchanged. Its global parallel, wpa_config_process_global(), doesn't do
this even though much of the code is very similar. Change this, and
several of the parser functions, to resemble the per-network parser and
setter functions.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2020-10-09 16:50:36 +03:00
Beniamino Galvani
1c58317f56 D-Bus: Allow changing an interface bridge via D-Bus
D-Bus clients can call CreateInterface() once and use the resulting
Interface object to connect multiple times to different networks.

However, if the network interface gets added to a bridge, clients
currently have to remove the Interface object and create a new one.

Improve this by supporting the change of the BridgeIfname property of
an existing Interface object.

Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
2020-10-09 15:18:10 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
debf3e2165 OCV: Work around for misbehaving STAs that indicate OCVC=1 without OCI
Some legacy stations copy previously reserved RSN capability bits,
including OCVC, in (Re)Association Request frames from the AP's RSNE but
do not indicate MFP capability and/or do not send OCI in RSN handshakes.
This is causing connection failures with such erroneous STAs.

To improve interoperability with such legacy STAs allow a workaround OCV
mode to be enabled to ignore OCVC=1 from the STA if it does not follow
OCV requirements in the first protected exchange. This covers cases
where a STA claims to have OCV capability, but it does not negotiate use
of management frame protection or does not include OCI in EAPOL Key msg
2/4, FT Reassociation Request frame, or FILS (Re)Association Reqest.

The previous behavior with ocv=1 is maintained, i.e., misbehaving STAs
are not allowed to connect. When the new workaround mode is enabled with
ocv=2, the AP considers STA as OCV capable on below criteria
- STA indicates both OCV and MFP capability
- STA sends OCI during connection attempt in a protected frame

Enabling this workaround mode reduced OCV protection to some extend
since it allows misbehavior to go through. As such, this should be
enabled only if interoperability with misbehaving STAs is needed.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-08 18:46:38 +03:00
Shaakir Mohamed
d48a3a6768 FT: Modify status code in FT Reassoc frame for invalid OCI channel info
Modify status code in FT Reassociation Response frame from
WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE to WLAN_STATUS_INVALID_FTE when replying
to an invalid OCI channel info (subelement of FTE) in FT Reassociation
Request frame.

Signed-off-by: Shaakir Mohamed <smohamed@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-08 00:20:10 +03:00
Andrew Beltrano
980c4da413 DPP2: Presence Announcement notification in AP
Generate a control interface event upon receipt of DPP Presence
Announcement frames. This allows external programs to instrument hostapd
with bootstrapping information on-demand.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Beltrano <anbeltra@microsoft.com>
2020-10-07 21:20:18 +03:00
Andrew Beltrano
8b667bfa14 DPP2: Presence Announcement notification
Define a control event with bootstrap id, frame source, frequency, and
chirp hash for receipt of Presence Announcement (chirp) frames.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Beltrano <anbeltra@microsoft.com>
2020-10-07 21:13:37 +03:00
Andrew Beltrano
cf3d260c39 DPP2: Fix hostapd crash setting global configurator params on chirp RX
When a Presence Announcement frame is received, a check is done to
ensure an ongoing auth is not in progress (!hapd->dpp_auth). A new DPP
auth is then initialized, however, when setting global configurator
params for it, the hapd->dpp_auth pointer is used which was earlier
confirmed as NULL, causing a crash in dpp_set_configurator params when
the pointer is dereferenced.

This only occurs when there are global DPP configurator params to be set
and the peer has no overriding configurator params. If no global DPP
configurator params exist, the call to dpp_set_configurator exits early
and the problem is not observed.

Fix by using the newly init'ed DPP auth structure for setting global
DPP configurator params.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Beltrano <anbeltra@microsoft.com>
2020-10-07 20:57:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
88d3f43bd3 DPP2: Replace OneAsymmetricKey version number (v2 to v1)
DPP tech spec was modified to use v1(0) instead of v2(1) for the
OneAsymmetricKey in the Configurator backup structure to match the
description in RFC 5958 Section 2 which indicates v2 to be used when any
items tagged as version 2 are included. No such items are actually
included in this case, so v1 should be used instead.

Change OneAsymmetricKey generation to use v1(0) instead of v2(1) and
parsing to accept either version to be used. This is not backwards
compatible with the earlier implementation which requires v2(1) when
parsing the received value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-07 01:04:48 +03:00
Disha Das
5c6c0d569a DPP: Fix GAS fragmentation for DPP Config Response from hostapd
The Query Response Length field was missing from GAS Initial Response
and GAS Comeback Response frames in the DPP specific code path from
hostaps GAS server. This resulted in invalid frames being used when the
DPP Config Response needed fragmentation. Fix this by adding the Query
Response Length fields into these frames.

Signed-off-by: Disha Das <dishad@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-06 23:34:41 +03:00
Disha Das
a7f55f7f68 WPS: Enable SA Query checks for WPS AP
Initiate SA Query for a WPS+MFP AP. STA flag checks for MFP added for
Association Request frames that use WPS IE without RSNE. This is needed
to avoid giving an opportunity to skip the protection against
disconnections when WPS is enabled.

Signed-off-by: Disha Das <dishad@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-06 22:44:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ac882374a5 SAE: Fix error path handling for SSWU
crypto_bignum_init_set() might fail in case of memory allocation
failures. These two cases within sswu() did not handle that properly,
i.e., a memory allocation failure could have resulted in dereferencing a
NULL pointer. Check the return value before proceeding to fix this.

Fixes: aeb022f8e5 ("SAE: Implement hash-to-element PT/PWE crypto routines")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-10-01 09:35:58 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
fa63284af5 Add additional roam triggers to qca_vendor_roam_triggers
Introduce QCA_ATTR_ROAM_CONTROL_SCAN_SCHEME_TRIGGERS that represents the
triggers for which the scan scheme from enum qca_roam_scan_scheme has to
be applied.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-09-30 09:47:11 +03:00
Rajasekaran Kalidoss
13feeaa104 Add a new status code to represent an already suspended TWT session
The firmware sends a new status code to indicate an already suspended
TWT session. Update the status code enum to represent this state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-09-23 23:14:53 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
8175c2654b Add test configuration attr to start/stop transmitting FD frames
Define QCA vendor attribute
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_WIFI_TEST_CONFIG_FILS_DISCOVERY_FRAMES_TX to
dynamically start/stop transmitting FILS discovery frames.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-09-23 23:12:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cab139ebc2 Fix a typo in a comment
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-09-22 23:31:20 +03:00
Karthikeyan Kathirvel
7e20502f7a hostapd: Resolved compiler uninitialized warning
Resolved the below warning
../src/ap/ieee802_11.c:4535:25: warning: 'reply_res' may be used
uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
  if (sta && ((reply_res != WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS &&
		                           ^
Since reply_res is been assigned inside an if condition and so
compiler treats reply_res as uninitalized variable

Initialize reply_res with WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE.

Fixes: 5344af7d22 ("FT: Discard ReassocReq with mismatching RSNXE Used value")
Signed-off-by: Karthikeyan Kathirvel <kathirve@codeaurora.org>
2020-09-22 23:29:18 +03:00
Rohan
e3ba0c4cd2 Do not start SA Query procedure without keys
The AP mode condition for initiating the SA Query procedure when
receiving a new (Re)Association Request frame used only association
state and MFP negotiation result without checking that the key exchange
has been completed. This can give rise to a corner case where the SA
Query procedure may get started after open association but before the
4-way handshake has been completed, resulting in open SA query frames
over the air.

Fix this by adding station authorized check in hostapd_notif_assoc() and
check_assoc_ies().

Signed-off-by: Rohan <drohan@codeaurora.org>
2020-09-22 23:11:30 +03:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
a92660a00e Work around Supported Operating Classes element issues for 6 GHz
IEEE Std 802.11 specifies that the Operating Classes field terminates
immediately before the OneHundredAndThirty Delimiter (i.e., an octet
with value 130). Move the operating class value 130 last in the global
op_class array so that it gets added as the last entry into the
Supported Operating Clases element and the 6 GHz operating class is
parsed in that element by implementation that stop at the assumed
OneHundredAndThirty Delimiter.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-09-22 23:05:13 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
fd4a58ccdc Additional attributes to QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_ROAMING_PARAM_CONTROL
Add additional attributes to enum qca_vendor_attr_roam_control to
control the roam behavior through QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_ROAM and
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_ROAMING_PARAM_CONTROL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-09-22 22:53:26 +03:00
Hu Wang
8a6a2894d1 Add new QCA vendor attributes to get thermal level
Add new QCA vendor attributes to get thermal level from the driver. The
driver may return thermal level when userpace requests, or send a
thermal event when thermal level changes.

Signed-off-by: Hu Wang <huw@codeaurora.org>
2020-09-18 20:40:57 +03:00
Shaakir Mohamed
41f8189057 SAE-PK: Add support to skip sae_pk password check for testing purposes
Add support to skip sae_pk password check under compile flag
CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS which allows AP to be configured with
sae_pk enabled but a password that is invalid for sae_pk.

Signed-off-by: Shaakir Mohamed <smohamed@codeaurora.org>
2020-09-11 15:45:42 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
a71b100c3b OCV: Allow connecting MFP incapable OCV STA when OCV is disabled in AP
Skip check to mandate MFP capability for OCV enabled STA when OCV is
disabled in AP. This is to improve interoperability with STAs in which
OCV capability is advertised incorrectly without advertising MFP when
OCV is disabled in AP.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-09-11 15:26:31 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
5ecb45a41c OCV: Use more granular error codes for OCI validation failures
Enhance the return values of ocv_verify_tx_params with enum to indicate
different OCI verification failures to caller.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-09-11 15:23:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
10c3e58b27 DPP2: Include E-nonce in reconfig ke derivation
This was changed in the protocol design to include nonce from both
devices, so update implementation to match.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-09-09 23:33:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4ae5e459dd DPP2: Move E-nonce to be outside wrapped data in Reconfig Auth Resp
This was changed in the protocol design to allow ke derivation to use
E-nonce, so update implementation to match.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-09-09 23:33:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0ebf5aa346 DPP2: Replace I/R-nonce with C/E-nonce in reconfiguration
These nonces were renamed/replaced in the protocol design, so update
implementation to match.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-09-09 23:24:00 +03:00
Srinivas Pitla
99f8506d30 Add QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_MBSSID_TX_VDEV_STATUS
This change adds QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_MBSSID_TX_VDEV_STATUS,
and enum for qca_wlan_vendor_attr_mbssid_tx_vdev_status to notify
Tx VDEV status.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-09-08 19:48:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9afb68b039 OpenSSL: Allow systemwide secpolicy overrides for TLS version
Explicit configuration to enable TLS v1.0 and/or v1.1 did not work with
systemwide OpenSSL secpolicy=2 cases (e.g., Ubuntu 20.04). Allow such
systemwide configuration to be overridden if the older TLS versions have
been explicitly enabled in the network profile. The default behavior
follows the systemwide policy, but this allows compatibility with old
authentication servers without having to touch the systemwide policy.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-09-08 19:32:28 +03:00
Hu Wang
c85206ba40 QCA vendor attributes for setting ANI level
Define QCA vendor attribute in SET(GET)_WIFI_CONFIGURATION to
dynamically configure ANI level.

Signed-off-by: Hu Wang <huw@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-31 17:01:20 +03:00
Chaoli Zhou
d335ca9536 Update QCA vendor interface for GPIO configuration
Add a new vendor attribute for GPIO configuration. In addition, document
the previously defined attributes.

Signed-off-by: Chaoli Zhou <zchaoli@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-31 16:39:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7ddb71224b DPP2: Support QR mutual auth scan-during-auth-exchange (hostapd)
Extend DPP authentication session search for the DPP_QR_CODE command to
cover the ongoing exchanges in Controller/Responder. This was previously
done for wpa_supplicant, but not for hostapd, so complete this support
on the hostapd side.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-25 16:11:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c043b1e000 DPP: Remove unnecessary dpp_global_config parameters
These were not really used anymore since the AP/Relay case did not set
msg_ctx or process_conf_obj in the global DPP context. Get the
appropriate pointers more directly from the more specific data
structures instead and remove these global values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-25 16:02:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4ecb6dd16b DPP2: Controller support in hostapd
Extend hostapd support for DPP Controller to cover the DPP_CONTROLLER_*
cases that were previously implemented only in wpa_supplicant. This
allows hostapd/AP to be provisioned using DPP over TCP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-25 15:53:08 +03:00
Chaithanya Garrepalli
cd17f6877c Add QCA vendor event for firmware statistics
Firmware statistics are received in the driver as opaque data. The host
target needs to send this opaque data to userspace wifistats
application. This new event is used to transfer this opaque data to the
application.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-25 12:13:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e4adbacafd GAS: Fix memory leak on some DPP error paths
One of the code paths left behind a response buffer. Free this properly
on this missed code path as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-08-22 23:47:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8aa91282a1 Fix EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 processing in a corner case
If reassoc_same_bss_optim=1 is used to optimize reassociation back to
the same BSS, it was possible for sm->pmk_len to be 0 due to a
disconnection event getting processed after sending out the
reassociation request. This resulted in wpa_sm_rx_eapol() calling
wpa_mic_len() with incorrect PMK length when PMKSA caching was being
attempted. That resulted in incorrect mic_len getting determined and not
finding the correct Key Data Length field value. This could result in
failing to complete 4-way handshake successfully.

Fix this by updating the current PMK length based on the selected PMKSA
cache entry if sm->pmk_len is not set when processing EAPOL-Key msg 1/4.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-08-22 14:00:34 +03:00
Chittur Subramanian Raman
96e63008fb OWE: Do not add DH Params element in AssocResp with PMKSA caching
As per RFC 8110 (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption), if the AP has the
PMK identified by the PMKID and wishes to perform PMK caching, it will
include the PMKID in the Association Response frame RSNE but does not
include the Diffie-Hellman Parameter element.

This was already addressed for most cases with owe_process_assoc_req()
not setting sta->owe_ecdh in case PMKSA caching is used. However, it was
possible to an old STA entry to maintain the initial sta->owe_ecdh value
if reassociation back to the same AP was used to initiate the PMKSA
caching attempt. Cover that case by adding an explicit check for the
time when the Association Response frame is being generated.

Signed-off-by: Chittur Subramanian Raman <craman@maxlinear.com>
2020-08-22 13:33:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2caff11d7a LibreSSL: Fix build with LibreSSL versions older than 2.9.1
SSL_add0_chain_cert() was not available in LibreSSL before version
2.9.1.

Fixes: 4b834df5e0 ("OpenSSL: Support PEM encoded chain from client_cert blob")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-08-22 11:32:01 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
90e05626f0 Add test configuration to ignore SA Query timeout
Add a new QCA vendor attribute to configure the driver/firmware to
ignore SA Query timeout. If this configuration is enabled the
driver/firmware shall not send Deauthentication frame when SA Query
times out. This is required to support STA testbed role.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-14 23:10:37 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
a2d35b49e7 Fix documentation for the test configuration attributes of FT-SAE/OCV
These vendor attributes for FT/OCV/SAE testing can be configured only
when the STA is in connected state. Update the documentation of the
attributes to reflect the same.

Fixes: 18f3f99ac4 ("Add vendor attributes to configure testing functionality for FT/OCV/SAE")
Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-14 23:08:39 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
5d2218e618 Add get_sta_info vendor attrs to get BIP failure counters for STA mode
Add support to get number of MIC errors, missing MME incidents, and
packet replay incidents observed while using IGTK/BIGTK keys when PMF
and/or beacon protection features are enabled.

These counters are applicable only for STA mode and can be fetched
through the QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_STA_INFO vendor command.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-14 23:06:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c6a760b9c4 DPP: Add process_conf_obj into TCP connection data struct
This is needed to avoid issues with hostapd not having set this function
pointer in dpp_global.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-14 17:31:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7f366fcbdc DPP: Add msg_ctx into TCP connection data struct
This is needed to avoid issues with hostapd not having set msg_ctx in
dpp_global.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-14 17:26:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6aa7aa8089 DPP2: hostapd/AP as Enrollee/Initiator over TCP
Extend DPP support in hostapd to allow AP Enrollee role when initiating
the exchange using TCP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-14 16:44:38 +03:00
Vinita S. Maloo
af8ab3208d MSCS: Parse result of MSCS setup in (Re)Association Response frames
Add support to parse the (Re)Association Response frames to check if the
AP has accepted/declined the MSCS request in response to the
corresponding (Re)Association Request frame. AP indicates the result by
setting it in the optional MSCS Status subelement of MSCS Descriptor
element in (Re)Association Response frame.

This MSCS Status subelement is defined in the process of being added
into P802.11-REVmd/D4.0 (11-20-0516-17-000m-cr-mscs-and-cid4158).

Signed-off-by: Vinita S. Maloo <vmaloo@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-14 11:53:37 +03:00
Vinita S. Maloo
bbd3178af4 MSCS: Add support to process MSCS Response frames
Add support to receive and process MSCS Response frames from the AP and
indicate the status to upper layers.

Signed-off-by: Vinita S. Maloo <vmaloo@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-14 11:53:37 +03:00
Vinita S. Maloo
a118047245 MSCS: Add support to send MSCS Request frames
Add support to send MSCS add/change/remove types of Action frames
to the connected AP.

Signed-off-by: Vinita S. Maloo <vmaloo@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-14 11:53:35 +03:00
Rohan
0fa274d2bf Derive seg0_idx and seg1_idx for 6 GHz when processing channel switch
The function hostapd_event_ch_switch() derived the seg0_idx and seg1_idx
values only for the 5 GHz and 2.4 GHz bands and the 6 GHz case ended up
using incorrect calculation based on the 5 GHz channel definitions.

Fix this by adding support for 6 GHz frequencies.

Signed-off-by: Rohan <drohan@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-13 21:37:49 +03:00
Pooventhiran G
5644b23de1 QCA vendor command to update SSID
Add a QCA vendor subcommand QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_UPDATE_SSID
to update the new SSID in hostapd. NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to encapsulate
the new SSID.

Signed-off-by: Pooventhiran G <pooventh@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-13 21:34:19 +03:00
Min Liu
cd708e8ff9 Add a vendor command for medium assessment
Introduce a vendor command for medium assessment through
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_MEDIUM_ASSESS.

Signed-off-by: Min Liu <minliu@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-13 21:34:17 +03:00
Harshal Udas
cc9fe46b3a Add AllPlay type to the QCA vendor element
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-13 21:24:37 +03:00
Vamsi Krishna
f5388b34eb Add channel TX/RX times to QCA vendor interface of LL stats
Currently the driver/firmware indicates CCA busy time which includes own
TX and RX time and as such, does not allow the CCA busy time due to
other nodes to be computed. Add separate statistics to indicate own
radio TX time and own radio RX time to facilitate userspace applications
to compute CCA busy time because of traffic unintended to this device.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-13 17:28:24 +03:00
Vamsi Krishna
9f9c110484 Fix QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_LL_STATS_CH_INFO interface documentation
All QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_LL_STATS_CHANNEL_* attributes are also nested
within QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_LL_STATS_CH_INFO, not only
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_LL_STATS_CHANNEL_INFO* attributes in the current
implementation. Fix QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_LL_STATS_CH_INFO documentation
accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-13 17:28:00 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
096456c0c2 Enhancements to the TWT attributes/parameters (vendor command)
This commit does the following enhancements to the TWT interface:

Corrects the documentation for QCA_WLAN_TWT_SUSPEND and
QCA_WLAN_TWT_TERMINATE. Specifies that these operations carry the
parameters obtained through QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_TWT_PARAMS. This
interface is very recently introduced and missed to document the same.
There are no user space or driver components using this interface yet.
Hence, enhancing/modifying the interface.

Corrects the documentation for
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_TWT_SETUP_WAKE_DURATION. Mentions that the units it
represent is a multiple of 256 microseconds rather than a TU. The host
driver always interpreted this as an unit in 256 microseconds and there
are no user space implementations that are impacted with this change in
the unit. Hence, modifying the documentation.

Introduces QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_TWT_RESUME_NEXT2_TWT_SIZE, which is
similar to that of QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_TWT_RESUME_NEXT_TWT, but carries
an offset/data of u32 size.

Introduces MAC_ADDR attribute to represent the peer for the TWT setup
and resume operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-13 17:26:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
574a8fa6c8 DPP: Do not interpret unknown channel as missing channel list for NFC
While the listed unknown operating class/channel number pairs need to be
ignored, that should be done in a manner than prevents the parsed
bootstrapping info from being used as if it had no channel list (i.e.,
allowing any channel) if there are no known operating class/channel
number pairs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-12 18:06:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fc3efe0834 DPP2: Support mutual auth with QR in scan-during-auth-exchange case
Extend DPP authentication session search for the DPP_QR_CODE command to
cover the ongoing exchanges in Controller/Responder.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-12 12:04:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2e956c37d2 DPP2: Do not close TCP socket when waiting for full Auth Resp
The case where mutual authentication with QR Code bootstrapping is used
with scanning of the QR Code during the exchange resulted in the
Controller closing the TCP socket too early. Fix this by leaving the
socket open while waiting for the full Authentication Response message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-12 11:52:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e4e95aabbf DPP2: Allow Controller to be configured to require QR mutual auth
Extend the DPP_CONTROLLER_START command to accept the optional qr=mutual
parameter similarly to the DPP_LISTEN case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-12 11:41:52 +03:00
Vamsi Krishna
61c249c490 Add QCA vendor attribute to configure number of TX/RX chains
Add support to configure the number of TX chains and the number of RX
chains to be used during a connection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-12 10:25:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
66ffe9d246 DPP2: Update Reconfig Flags attribute format
This was simplified by replacing the JSON encoded value with a single
octet.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-10 17:36:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5caf4e094a DPP2: Support RA/CA functionality in Controller initiated case
Extend dpp_control_get_auth() to find the ongoing session for enterprise
credential provisioning in cases where the Controller/Configurator
initiated the exchange. Only the other direction was supported
previously.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-10 10:41:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b591810f9b DPP2: Add DPP Status attribute into Reconfig Auth Confirm
Add and process DPP Status at the end of reconfig authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-07 23:33:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c6d0e5a93d DPP2: Add E-id in Reconfig Announcement
Add an encrypted Enrollee identifier into Reconfig Announcement frames
and decrypt that on the Configurator side. The actual E-id value is
currently not used for anything, but it can be used in the future to
provide better control over reconfiguration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-07 22:54:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e5be6e68c8 DPP2: Add Enrollee netAccessKey group into Reconfig Announcement
This was added to the protocol design to support cases where the
C-sign-key uses a different group than the netAccessKey. The Enrollee
now indicates its netAccessKey group in Reconfig Announcement and the
Configurator builds it own reconfig Connector using that group instead
of the group used for the C-sign-key.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-07 15:25:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7ca81190a8 SAE-PK: Allow SAE-PK style wpa_passphrase if SAE-PK is enabled with same
This prevents use of a SAE-PK style password as the WPA-PSK passphrase
only if the same password is not also enabled through sae_password for
use with SAE-PK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-06 23:52:07 +03:00
Rajasekaran Kalidoss
844ecc70a3 Additional TWT attributes for response path and resume
Introduce additional attributes for the TWT response parameters from the
host driver. Also, add ATTR_TWT_RESUME_FLOW_ID for TWT Resume request.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-06 16:32:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0a9d7b169e SAE-PK: Update design for fingerprint encoding into password
Update the SAE-PK implementation to match the changes in the protocol
design:
- allow only Sec values 3 and 5 and encode this as a single bit field
  with multiple copies
- add a checksum character

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-05 22:05:20 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
b28b9dfcbf OCV: OCI channel override support for testing (STA)
Add override parameters to use the specified channel while populating
OCI element in EAPOL-Key group msg 2/2, FT reassoc request, FILS assoc
request and WNM sleep request frames.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-08-03 11:02:13 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
d309dd52b0 Fix the documentation for QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_UDP_QOS_UPGRADE
The documentation for the QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_UDP_QOS_UPGRADE
attribute had incorrectly specified the value of 0 (corresponding to BE)
to disable the QoS upgrade. BK (1) is a lower priority AC compared to BE
and if BE is used to disable the upgrade, there would be no possibility
for configured UDP AC upgrade to replace BK-from-DSCP with BE. Thus,
correct this by specifying that the value of BK (1) is used to disable
this UDP AC upgrade.

Fixes: ebd5e764f9 ("Vendor attribute to configure QoS/AC upgrade for UDP frames")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-31 20:40:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
87971ff059 SAE-PK: Fix SAE confirm writing in some AP cases with transition mode
sae_check_confirm_pk() and sae_write_confirm_pk() were using different
checks for determining whether SAE-PK was used. It was apparently
possible to miss the checks in sae_write_confirm_pk() in some AP cases
where SAE H2E is being used. Fix this by checking sae->pk in the
write-confirm case similarly to the way this was done in check-confirm.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-31 20:32:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
240e9af4d1 SAE-PK: Make no-KEK debug prints distinct
Debug logs did not make it clear whether the failure happens when
checking a received SAE confirm or when writing own SAE confirm. Those
cases have different checks on when to go through SAE-PK processing, so
it is useful to make this part clear in the debug log.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-31 19:59:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7c04bab710 tests: AES-CTR encrypt test vectors
Verify AES-CTR encryption implementation against the test vectors in
NIST SP 800-38a. This implementations was already tested against AES SIV
and EAX mode test vectors, but this adds more explicit testing against
published CTR mode test vectors.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-30 13:52:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
730fc307b1 Update documentation for vendor attributes to ignore BSSIDs during roaming
Replace some of the "blacklist" term to reduce undesired connotations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-24 12:26:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f4877083ec Rename driver op for temporarily disallowed BSSIDs
Use the "tmp_disallow" name more consistently so that both the core
wpa_supplicant functionality (struct wpa_bss_tmp_disallowed) and the
wpa_driver_ops callback have more similar names.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-24 12:26:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f8c756c5b8 FT: Rename temporary blocking of nonresponsive R0KH
Avoid use of the "blacklist" term here to reduce undesired connotations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-24 12:25:32 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
ebd5e764f9 Vendor attribute to configure QoS/AC upgrade for UDP frames
Introduce a new attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_UDP_QOS_UPGRADE
to configure access category override for UDP frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-17 23:26:34 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
d91fb3ce32 Add a vendor command to fetch the currently enabled band(s)
Introduces a vendor command to get the currently enabled band(s)
through QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GETBAND.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-17 23:23:03 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
29e47c4165 Vendor command to configure TWT
This commit defines a new vendor interface
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_CONFIG_TWT to configure TWT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-17 22:48:26 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
8f396ad685 Enhance the qca_set_band enum values to be used as a bitmap
Also introduce a new attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_SETBAND_MASK to
carry this new bitmask enum. This attribute shall consider the bitmask
combinations to define the respective band combinations and substitutes
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_SETBAND_VALUE. The old attribute use remains same
as before.

In addition, document the previously undocumented, but defined,
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SETBAND.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-17 18:43:05 +03:00
Seevalamuthu Mariappan
cc6153a8a4 nl80211: Fix sending proper VLAN ID attr value when using VLAN offload
The NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID attribute expects non-zero values, but vlan_id
with value 0 has been set in VLAN offload case. Due to this, station
connection failure is observed if the driver advertises VLAN_OFFLOAD
support:

nl80211: NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN (addr=8c:fd:f0:22:19:15 ifname=wlan0
         vlan_id=0) failed: -34 (Result not representable)
wlan0: STA 8c:fd:f0:22:19:15 IEEE 802.11: could not bind the STA
         entry to vlan_id=0

Fix this by setting only non-zero values.

Fixes: 0f903f37dc ("nl80211: VLAN offload support")
Signed-off-by: Seevalamuthu Mariappan <seevalam@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-16 00:25:14 +03:00
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu
a57f98754e Fix enabling 40/80 MHz bandwidth support in the 6 GHz band
40/80 MHz bandwidth setting was being rejected due to incorrect sanity
check on the channel index. Fix that for the bandwidths larger than 20
MHz.

Fixes: d7c2c5c98c ("AP: Add initial support for 6 GHz band")
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu  <pradeepc@codeaurora.org>
2020-07-16 00:08:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5d8c5f344e SAE-PK: Fix password validation check for Sec
The 0..3 value decoded from the password was not incremented to the
actual 2..5 range for Sec. This resulted in not properly detecting the
minimum password length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-25 01:39:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0ce6883f64 tests: Fix SAE-PK password module tests
Couple of the test values were not actually valid, so remove them.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-25 01:39:45 +03:00
Vinita S. Maloo
70b80c31f9 nl80211: Do not send FILS ERP sequence number without rRK
FILS ERP cannot be used without rRK, so include these attributes only
together.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-24 00:29:58 +03:00
Wu Gao
52a3257621 6 GHz: Change 6 GHz channels per IEEE P802.11ax/D6.1
The channel numbering/center frequencies was changed in IEEE
P802.11ax/D6.1. The center frequencies of the channels were shifted by
10 MHz. Also, a new operating class 136 was defined with a single
channel 2. Add required support to change the channelization as per IEEE
P802.11ax/D6.1.

Signed-off-by: Wu Gao<wugao@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Vamsi Krishna <vamsin@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-24 00:29:37 +03:00
Markus Theil
67efd19e0a nl80211: Use control port TX (status) in AP mode if possible
Check if nl80211 control port TX status is available in the kernel and
enable control port TX if so. With this feature, nl80211 control path is
able to provide the same feature set as nl80211 (management) + AF_PACKET
socket (control) before.

For debugging and testing, this can explicitly be disabled with
the driver parameter control_port_ap=0.

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-06-21 18:07:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
569497bf4f nl80211: Work around misdelivered control port TX status
The kernel commit "mac80211: support control port TX status reporting"
seems to be delivering the TX status events for EAPOL frames over
control port using NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS due to incorrect check on
whether the frame is a Management or Data frame. Use the pending cookie
value from EAPOL TX operation to detect this incorrect behavior and
redirect the event internally to allow it to be used to get full TX
control port functionality available for AP mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-06-21 17:56:04 +03:00
Markus Theil
87065881b1 nl80211: Use ext ack handler for TX control port
Allow custom ack handler to be registered and use the ext ack handler
for TX control port to fetch the cookie information. If these cookies
are not supported by the current kernel, a value of 0 is returned.

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-06-21 17:55:28 +03:00
Markus Theil
6f19cc4d78 nl80211: Handle control port TX status events over nl80211
In order to retransmit faster in AP mode, hostapd can handle TX status
notifications. When using nl80211, this is currently only possible with
socket control messages. Add support for receiving such events directly
over nl80211 and detecting, if this feature is supported.

This finally allows for a clean separation between management/control
path (over nl80211) and in-kernel data path.

A follow up commit enables the feature in AP mode.

Control port TX status contains the original frame content for matching
with the current hostapd code. Furthermore, a cookie is included, which
allows for matching against outstanding cookies in the future. This
commit only prints the cookie value for debugging purposes on TX status
receive.

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-06-21 17:55:26 +03:00
Markus Theil
f7c657b79f nl80211: Add custom ack handler arguments to send_and_recv()
This is a preliminary patch for using extack cookies for TX control port
handling. Custom ack handler arguments for send_and_recv() and friends
is introduced therefore. This commit does not actually use the provided
values, i.e., that will be added in a separate commit.

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-06-21 16:57:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
73ea1ad7f2 nl80211: Clean up SO_WIFI_STATUS error reporting
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-06-21 16:57:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cd99a8c432 EAP-TEAP (server): Allow Phase 2 skip based on client certificate
eap_teap_auth=2 can now be used to configure hostapd to skip Phase 2 if
the peer can be authenticated based on client certificate during Phase
1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-06-20 18:07:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5196293926 EAP-TEAP (client): Allow Phase 2 to be skipped if certificate is used
The EAP-TEAP server may skip Phase 2 if the client authentication could
be completed during Phase 1 based on client certificate. Handle this
similarly to the case of PAC use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-06-20 18:05:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9593ce6587 OpenSSL: Provide access to peer subject and own certificate use
These are needed for EAP-TEAP server and client side implementation to
allow Phase 2 to be skipped based on client certificate use during Phase
1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-06-20 18:04:51 +03:00
Matthew Wang
b97aa038b7 Add WPA_EVENT_{DO,SKIP}_ROAM events
Add events for within-ESS reassociation. This allows us to monitor roam
events, both skipped and allowed, in tests.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2020-06-19 18:34:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0bbab64656 DPP2: Fix dot1x config object parsing without trustedEapServerName
Need to check that the JSON node was found before using its value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-19 00:13:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8f88dcf050 DPP2: Add an automatic peer_bi entry for CSR matching if needed
This allows the DPP_CA_SET command to be targeting a specific DPP-CST
event in cases where the Configurator did not receive the bootstrapping
information for the peer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-19 00:13:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b25ddfe9d3 DPP2: Add Enrollee name into CSR as the commonName
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-19 00:13:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
11aa77e00f DPP2: GAS comeback response processing for Enrollee over TCP
This is almost identical to processing of the GAS initial response.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-19 00:13:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
18e013a93f DPP2: GAS comeback request processing for Configurator over TCP
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-19 00:13:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
68d9586a46 DPP2: GAS Comeback Request for the TCP case
Make the Enrollee handle GAS comeback delay when performing DPP over
TCP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-18 13:17:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a352c7230d DPP2: Comeback delay response for certificate in over TCP case
Send out the GAS Initial Response with comeback delay when Configurator
is operating over TCP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-18 13:03:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0f9463d6ee DPP2: CSR wait in Configurator when using TCP
Make Configurator wait for CSR (i.e., another Config Request) when using
DPP over TCP similarly to the over Public Action frame case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-18 12:56:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1f86b2c248 DPP2: CSR generation in TCP Client/Enrollee
This was previously covered for the DPP over Public Action frames, but
the DPP over TCP case was missed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-18 12:10:23 +03:00
Alan Chen
ffc8ae507e Define a new QCA vendor attribute for Optimized Power Management
Define a new attribute configuring Optimized Power Management.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-17 21:59:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3b60f11741 DPP2: Validate CSR on Configurator before forwarding to CA/RA
Parse the received CSR, verify that it has been signed correctly, and
verify that the challengePassword is present and matches the derived cp.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-17 20:33:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c98db9f1f8 DPP2: Add challengePassword into CSR
Derive challengePassword from bk and add it into the CSR.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-17 12:22:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dbbb0d5b82 OpenSSL: Use EVP-based interface for ECDSA sign/verify
The low level ECDSA interface is not available in BoringSSL and has been
deprecetated in OpenSSL 3.0, so move to using a higher layer EVP-based
interface for performing the ECDSA sign/verify operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-16 18:26:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ace3723d98 DPP2: Enterprise provisioning (Enrollee)
Add initial Enrollee functionality for provisioning enterprise (EAP-TLS)
configuration object. This commit is handling only the most basic case
and a number of TODO items remains to handle more complete CSR
generation and config object processing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-16 18:26:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6568e5d203 DPP2: Enterprise provisioning (Configurator)
Add Configurator functionality for provisioning enterprise (EAP-TLS)
configuration object.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-16 18:24:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4643b2feec DPP2: Enterprise provisioning definitions for dot1x AKM
Add shared AKM definitions for provisioning enterprise (EAP-TLS)
credentials.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-16 18:24:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
812d52ae27 OpenSSL: Support EC key from private_key blob
Try to parse the private_key blob as an ECPrivateKey in addition to the
previously supported RSA and DSA.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-16 18:24:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4b834df5e0 OpenSSL: Support PEM encoded chain from client_cert blob
Allow a chain of certificates to be configured through a client_cert
blob.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-16 18:24:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
68ac45d53c GAS server: Support comeback delay from the request handler
Allow GAS request handler function to request comeback delay before
providing the response.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-15 23:56:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
608adae5ba JSON: Add base64 helper functions
These functions are similar to the base64url helpers but with the base64
(not url) alphabet.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-15 20:19:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c7e6dbdad8 base64: Add no-LF variant for encoding
base64_encode_no_lf() is otherwise identical to base64_encode(), but it
does not add line-feeds to split the output.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-15 20:18:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6dc2c0118a Update DFS terminology in attribute value documentation
Use "client device" as the term for the device that operates under a
guidance of the device responsible for enforcing DFS rules.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-11 21:53:24 +03:00
Muna Sinada
621745917f Allow HE-without-VHT to add the Channel Switch Wrapper element
Modify the check for VHT to include an option for HE in
hostapd_eid_wb_chsw_wrapper() and its callers to allow the Channel
Switch Wrapper element with the Wide Bandwidth Channel Switch subelement
to be included in Beacon and Probe Response frames when AP is operating
in HE mode without VHT.

Signed-off-by: Muna Sinada <msinada@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-11 00:56:45 +03:00
Muna Sinada
d51b1b7a66 Move hostapd_eid_wb_chsw_wrapper() to non-VHT-specific file
Move hostapd_eid_wb_chsw_wrapper() from VHT specific ieee802_11_vht.c to
ieee802_11.c since this can be used for both HE and VHT. This commit
does not change any functionality to enable the HE use case, i.e., the
function is just moved as-is.

Signed-off-by: Muna Sinada <msinada@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-11 00:53:26 +03:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
1f72bbbefb AP: Reject association request upon invalid HE capabilities
Operation in the 6 GHz band mandates valid HE capabilities element in
station negotiation. Reject association request upon receiving invalid
or missing HE elements.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-10 21:34:38 +03:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
088bef1786 AP: Restrict Vendor VHT to 2.4 GHz only
Vendor VHT IE is used only on the 2.4 GHz band. Restrict the use of
vendor VHT element to 2.4 GHz. This will ensure that invalid/wrong user
configuration will not impact beacon data in other than the 2.4 GHz
band.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-10 21:30:50 +03:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
6a34bd3007 HE: Use device HE capability instead of HT/VHT for 6 GHz IEs
Previously, 6 GHz Band Capability element was derived from HT and VHT
capabilities of the device. Removes such unnecessary dependency by
relying directly on the HE capability.

In addition, clean up the struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_band_cap definition
to use a 16-bit little endian field instead of two 8-bit fields to match
the definition in P802.11ax.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-10 21:23:24 +03:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
9272ebae83 nl80211: Fetch HE 6 GHz capability from the driver
Read mode specific HE 6 GHz capability from phy info. This is needed
for futher user config validation and IE construction.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-10 21:14:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f25c51a9f4 Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2020-05-31.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-06-10 21:12:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
518be614f1 SAE-PK: Advertise RSNXE capability bit in STA mode
Set the SAE-PK capability bit in RSNXE when sending out (Re)Association
Request frame for a network profile that allows use of SAE-PK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-10 12:47:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a77d6d2203 SAE-PK: Update SAE confirm IE design
Move the FILS Public Key element and the FILS Key Confirmation element
to be separate IEs instead of being encapsulated within the SAE-PK
element. This is also removing the unnecessary length field for the
fixed-length EncryptedModifier.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-10 12:47:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
363dbf1ece SAE-PK: Remove requirement of SAE group matching SAE-PK (K_AP) group
This was clarified in the draft specification to not be a mandatory
requirement for the AP and STA to enforce, i.e., matching security level
is a recommendation for AP configuration rather than a protocol
requirement.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-10 12:46:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2e80aeae4a WPS UPnP: Support build on OS X
Define MAC address fetching for OS X (by reusing the existing FreeBSD
implementation) to allow full compile testing of the WPS implementation
on a more BSD-like platform.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-09 12:48:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f119f8a04a WPS UPnP: Fix FreeBSD build
struct ifreq does not include the ifr_netmask alternative on FreeBSD, so
replace that more specific name with ifr_addr that works with both Linux
and FreeBSD.

Fixes: 5b78c8f961 ("WPS UPnP: Do not allow event subscriptions with URLs to other networks")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-09 12:43:53 +03:00
Subrat Dash
411e42673f Move local TX queue parameter parser into a common file
This allows the same implementation to be used for wpa_supplicant as
well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-09 00:17:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
85aac526af WPS UPnP: Handle HTTP initiation failures for events more properly
While it is appropriate to try to retransmit the event to another
callback URL on a failure to initiate the HTTP client connection, there
is no point in trying the exact same operation multiple times in a row.
Replve the event_retry() calls with event_addr_failure() for these cases
to avoid busy loops trying to repeat the same failing operation.

These potential busy loops would go through eloop callbacks, so the
process is not completely stuck on handling them, but unnecessary CPU
would be used to process the continues retries that will keep failing
for the same reason.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-08 17:14:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f7d268864a WPS UPnP: Fix event message generation using a long URL path
More than about 700 character URL ended up overflowing the wpabuf used
for building the event notification and this resulted in the wpabuf
buffer overflow checks terminating the hostapd process. Fix this by
allocating the buffer to be large enough to contain the full URL path.
However, since that around 700 character limit has been the practical
limit for more than ten years, start explicitly enforcing that as the
limit or the callback URLs since any longer ones had not worked before
and there is no need to enable them now either.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-08 17:12:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5b78c8f961 WPS UPnP: Do not allow event subscriptions with URLs to other networks
The UPnP Device Architecture 2.0 specification errata ("UDA errata
16-04-2020.docx") addresses a problem with notifications being allowed
to go out to other domains by disallowing such cases. Do such filtering
for the notification callback URLs to avoid undesired connections to
external networks based on subscriptions that any device in the local
network could request when WPS support for external registrars is
enabled (the upnp_iface parameter in hostapd configuration).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-08 17:12:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e30dcda3b1 SAE-PK: Fix FILS Public Key element Key Type for ECDSA
Use value 2 to point to RFC 5480 which describes the explicit
indicatiotion of the public key being in compressed form.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-08 17:11:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4c3fbb2346 SAE-PK: Check minimum password length more accurate
Get the Sec value from the password to check the minimum length based on
the used Sec.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-08 17:11:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
43a191b890 tests: Remove too short SAE-PK passwords
This is in preparation of implementation changes to check SAE-PK
password length more accurately based on the Sec value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-08 17:11:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4ff0df39eb SAE-PK: Testing functionality to allow behavior overrides
The new sae_commit_status and sae_pk_omit configuration parameters and
an extra key at the end of sae_password pk argument can be used to
override SAE-PK behavior for testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-08 15:21:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c4ffce464 Allow transition_disable updates during the lifetime of a BSS
This is mainly for testing purposes to allow more convenient checking of
station behavior when a transition mode is disabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-07 17:06:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
215b4d8a72 FT: Do not add PMKID to the driver for FT-EAP if caching is disabled
wpa_supplicant disables PMKSA caching with FT-EAP by default due to
known interoperability issues with APs. This is allowed only if the
network profile is explicitly enabling caching with
ft_eap_pmksa_caching=1. However, the PMKID for such PMKSA cache entries
was still being configured to the driver and it was possible for the
driver to build an RSNE with the PMKID for SME-in-driver cases. This
could result in hitting the interop issue with some APs.

Fix this by skipping PMKID configuration to the driver fot FT-EAP AKM if
ft_eap_pmksa_caching=1 is not used in the network profile so that the
driver and wpa_supplicant behavior are in sync for this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-06 16:48:57 +03:00
Min Liu
5cf91afeeb QCA vendor attribute for dynamic bandwidth adjustment
Define QCA vendor attribute in SET(GET)_WIFI_CONFIGURATION to
dynamically configure capabilities for dynamic bandwidth adjustment.

Signed-off-by: Min Liu <minliu@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-06 15:18:13 +03:00
Min Liu
1a28589b28 QCA vendor attributes for setting channel width
Define QCA vendor attribute in SET(GET)_WIFI_CONFIGURATION to
dynamically configure capabilities for channel width.

Signed-off-by: Min Liu <minliu@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-06 15:18:13 +03:00
Tanmay Garg
63653307df Add support for indicating missing driver AKM capability flags
Add support for missing driver AKM capability flags from the list of
RSN_AUTH_KEY_MGMT_* flags and make these available through the
'GET_CAPABILITY key_mgmt' control interface command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-06 15:18:13 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
18f3f99ac4 Add vendor attributes to configure testing functionality for FT/OCV/SAE
Add new QCA vendor attributes to configure RSNXE Used (FTE), ignore CSA,
and OCI frequency override with QCA vendor command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_WIFI_TEST_CONFIGURATION for STA testbed role.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-06 15:18:13 +03:00
Min Liu
e53756a64e Fix a typo vendor attribute documentation
Fix a typo in comment of enum qca_wlan_tspec_ack_policy.

Signed-off-by: Min Liu <minliu@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-06 15:18:13 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
960e8e5334 QCA vendor attribute to configure NSS
Defines the attribute in SET(GET)_WIFI_CONFIGURATION to dynamically
configure NSS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-06 15:18:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cc22fb1b86 SAE: Move H2E and PK flags to main sae_data
This maintains knowledge of whether H2E or PK was used as part of the
SAE authentication beyond the removal of temporary state needed during
that authentication. This makes it easier to use information about which
kind of SAE authentication was used at higher layer functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-06 15:18:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
40240735bd WPS UPnP: Do not update Beacon frames unnecessarily on subscription removal
There is no need to update the WPS IE in Beacon frames when a
subscription is removed if that subscription is not for an actual
selected registrar. For example, this gets rids of unnecessary driver
operations when a subscription request gets rejected when parsing the
callback URLs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-04 23:53:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c85b39ec50 SAE-PK: Increment the minimum password length to 9
While this is not explicitly defined as the limit, lambda=8 (i.e., 9
characters with the added hyphen) is needed with Sec=5 to reach the
minimum required resistance to preimage attacks, so use this as an
implicit definition of the password length constraint.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-04 23:53:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2c7b5a2c5f tests: Skip too short SAE-PK passwords in positive testing
Lambda >= 12 is needed with Sec = 2, so drop the shorter password
lengths in the sae_pk and module_wpa_supplicant test cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-04 23:53:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d777156e1f SAE-PK: Determine hash algorithm from K_AP group instead of SAE group
While the current implementation forces these groups to be same, that is
not strictly speaking necessary and the correct group to use here is
K_AP, not the SAE authentication group.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-03 17:30:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
20ccf97b3d SAE-PK: AP functionality
This adds AP side functionality for SAE-PK. The new sae_password
configuration parameters can now be used to enable SAE-PK mode whenever
SAE is enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-02 23:25:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
00e4fbdcc5 tests: Module test for SAE-PK
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-02 23:25:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6b9e99e571 SAE-PK: Extend SAE functionality for AP validation
This adds core SAE functionality for a new mode of using SAE with a
specially constructed password that contains a fingerprint for an AP
public key and that public key being used to validate an additional
signature in SAE confirm from the AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-02 23:25:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b6dcbd01a6 SAE-PK: Identifier definitions
Add the assigned identifiers for SAE-PK elements and fields.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-02 17:56:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
aed01b82d3 OpenSSL: Additional EC functionality for SAE-PK
These will be needed for implementing SAE-PK ECDSA signing and signature
verification operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-06-02 17:56:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8c1f61e820 OCV: Report OCI validation failures with OCV-FAILURE messages (STA)
Convert the previously used text log entries to use the more formal
OCV-FAILURE prefix and always send these as control interface events to
allow upper layers to get information about unexpected operating channel
mismatches.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-30 00:24:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
661e661186 OCV: Allow OCI channel to be overridden for testing (AP)
Add hostapd configuration parameters oci_freq_override_* to allow the
OCI channel information to be overridden for various frames for testing
purposes. This can be set in the configuration and also updated during
the runtime of a BSS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-30 00:04:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d10a57f6e9 DPP2: Derive a separate key for enveloped data
Derive a new key from bk to be used as the password for PBKDF2 instead
of using ke for this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-29 21:42:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
32d3360f33 DPP: Fix a typo in a comment
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-29 21:35:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5a7bcb7725 OSEN: Do not send the actual BIGTK to OSEN STAs
OSEN STAs are not authenticated, so do not send the actual BIGTK for
them so that they cannot generate forged protected Beacon frames. This
means that OSEN STAs cannot enable beacon protection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-29 21:25:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2d6cc0e670 FT: Do not expose GTK/IGTK in FT Reassociation Response frame in OSEN
Do not include the actual GTK/IGTK value in FT protocol cases in OSEN or
with DGAF disabled (Hotspot 2.0). This was already the case for the
EAPOL-Key cases of providing GTK/IGTK, but the FT protocol case was
missed. OSEN cannot really use FT, so that part is not impacted, but it
would be possible to enable FT in a Hotspot 2.0 network that has DGAF
disabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-29 21:25:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a998337895 WNM: Do not expose GTK/IGTK in WNM Sleep Mode Response frame in OSEN
Do not include the actual GTK/IGTK value in WNM Sleep Mode Response
frame if WNM Sleep Mode is used in OSEN or in a network where use of GTK
is disabled. This was already the case for the EAPOL-Key cases of
providing GTK/IGTK, but the WNM Sleep Mode exit case was missed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-29 21:04:40 +03:00
Hu Wang
d578e890eb OWE: Skip beacon update of transition BSS if it is not yet enabled
When a single hostapd process manages both the OWE and open BSS for
transition mode, owe_transition_ifname can be used to clone the
transition mode information (i.e., BSSID/SSID) automatically. When both
BSSs use ACS, the completion of ACS on the 1st BSS sets state to
HAPD_IFACE_ENABLED and the OWE transition mode information is updated
for all the other BSSs. However, the 2nd BSS is still in the ACS phase
and the beacon update messes up the state for AP startup and prevents
proper ACS competion.

If 2nd BSS is not yet enabled (e.g., in ACS), skip beacon update and
defer OWE transition information cloning until the BSS is enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-26 16:23:39 +03:00
Sachin Ahuja
88436baaac Add a vendor attribute to get OEM data
Add an attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_OEM_DATA_RESPONSE_EXPECTED
to get the response for the queried data.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-25 23:40:01 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
3f9a89ca1c Vendor attributes for configuring LDPC, TX STBC, RX STBC
Defines the attributes in SET(GET)_WIFI_CONFIGURATION to dynamically
configure capabilities: LDPC, TX STBC, RX STBC.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-25 23:34:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8ee0bc622a OCV: Disconnect STAs that do not use SA Query after CSA
Verify that all associated STAs that claim support for OCV initiate an
SA Query after CSA. If no SA Query is seen within 15 seconds,
deauthenticate the STA.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-25 21:57:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
01ceb88c77 OCV: Report validation errors for (Re)Association Request frames
Add the OCV-FAILURE control interface event to notify upper layers of
OCV validation issues in FT and FILS (Re)Association Request frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-25 20:46:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a3556d5813 OCV: Report validation errors for EAPOL-Key messages in AP mode
Add the OCV-FAILURE control interface event to notify upper layers of
OCV validation issues in EAPOL-Key msg 2/4 and group 2/2.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-25 19:09:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d52067a5b6 OCV: Report validation errors for SA Query Request/Response in AP mode
Add a new OCV-FAILURE control interface event to notify upper layers of
OCV validation issues. This commit adds this for SA Query processing in
AP mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-25 18:42:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
52579be860 OCV: Move "OCV failed" prefix to callers
Make reporting of OCV validation failure reasons more flexible by
removing the fixed prefix from ocv_verify_tx_params() output in
ocv_errorstr so that the caller can use whatever prefix or encapsulation
that is most appropriate for each case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-25 18:34:59 +03:00
Vamsi Krishna
2d118f557a OCV: Add support to override channel info OCI element (STA)
To support the STA testbed role, the STA has to use specified channel
information in OCI element sent to the AP in EAPOL-Key msg 2/4, SA Query
Request, and SA Query Response frames. Add override parameters to use
the specified channel while populating OCI element in all these frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-25 18:01:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c2080e8657 Clear current PMKSA cache selection on association/roam
It was possible for the RSN state machine to maintain old PMKSA cache
selection (sm->cur_pmksa) when roaming to another BSS based on
driver-based roaming indication. This could result in mismatching state
and unexpected behavior, e.g., with not generating a Suite B PMKSA cache
entry.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-25 16:25:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d9532eb70f Debug print PMK-R0/R1 and PMKR0/R1Name in the helper functions
There is no need to have all callers debug print these separately.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-05-23 21:45:29 +03:00
Min Liu
5ab8ad4cfe Vendor attributes for ssetting TX A-MSDU and RX A-MSDU parameters
Define QCA vendor attributes for SET(GET)_WIFI_CONFIGURATION to
dynamically configure capabilities for TX A-MSDU and RX A-MSDU.

Signed-off-by: Min Liu <minliu@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-21 00:53:20 +03:00
Min Liu
f7a904a283 QCA vendor command for adding and deleting TSPEC
Add a QCA vendor subcommand QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_CONFIG_TSPEC
to add and delete TSPEC in STA mode.
The attributes defined in enum qca_wlan_vendor_attr_config_tspec
are used to encapsulate required information.

Signed-off-by: Min Liu <minliu@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-21 00:48:11 +03:00
Kiran Kumar Lokere
82867456e9 Vendor attributes to configure PMF protection and disassoc Tx for testing
Add new QCA vendor attributes to configure misbehavior for PMF
protection for Management frames and to inject Disassociation frames.

These attributes are used for testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-21 00:35:54 +03:00
Vamsi Krishna
e5e2757455 Add QCA vendor interface support to configure PHY modes
Add an attribute that can be used with
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION vendor command to
configure different PHY modes to the driver/firmware.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-21 00:33:55 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
db0d0b84af nl80211: Control the registration for RRM frame with driver_param
wpa_supplicant registered to process the Radio Measurement Request
frames unconditionally. This would prevent other location based
applications from handling these frames. Enable such a use case by
allowing wpa_supplicant to be configured not to register to process
these frames. This can now be done by adding "no_rrm=1" to the
driver_param configuration parameter.

In addition, wpa_driver_nl80211_init() does not have the provision to
take driver_params. Hence, resubscribe again with cfg80211 when this
driver parameter "no_rrm=1" is set after the initial setup steps.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-21 00:30:54 +03:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
dd2daf0848 HE: Process HE 6 GHz band capab from associating HE STA
Process HE 6 GHz band capabilities in (Re)Association Request frames and
pass the information to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-17 17:22:34 +03:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
db603634a9 HE: Add 6 GHz Band Capabilities element in Beacon and response frames
Construct HE 6 GHz Band Capabilities element (IEEE 802.11ax/D6.0,
9.4.2.261) from HT and VHT capabilities and add it to Beacon, Probe
Response, and (Re)Association Response frames when operating on the 6
GHz band.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-17 16:47:18 +03:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
88911a0aa4 HE: Add HE 6 GHz Band Capabilities into ieee802_11_parse_elems()
Handle 6 GHz band capability element parsing for association.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-17 16:38:00 +03:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
b2c0b83c66 HE: Remove VHT Operation Information from HE Operation element
The VHT Operation Information subfield is conditonally present, so do
not hardcoded it in struct ieee80211_he_operation. These members of the
struct are not currently used, so these can be removed without impact to
functionality.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-17 16:32:49 +03:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
e297a5bfda HE: Define 6 GHz band capability elements
Defines IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0, 9.4.2.261 HE 6 GHz Band Capabilities
element and 6 GHz Operation Information field of HE Operation element
(IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0, Figure 9-787k).

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-17 16:24:08 +03:00
neo_jou
025ab330b4 ACS: Channel selection based freqlist
When doing ACS, check freqlist also if it is specified.

Signed-off-by: neojou <neojou@gmail.com>
2020-05-17 01:31:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4ae3f39720 Add a helper function for recognizing BIP enum wpa_alg values
Use a shared wpa_alg_bip() function for this and fix the case in
nl_add_key() to cover all BIP algorithms. That fix does not change any
behavior since the function is not currently used with any BIP
algorithm, but it is better to avoid surprises should it ever be needed
with IGTK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-05-17 01:31:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d3cab56c04 Rename WPA_ALG_IGTK to use the correct cipher name for BIP
IGTK is the key that is used a BIP cipher. WPA_ALG_IGTK was the
historical name used for this enum value when only the AES-128-CMAC
based BIP algorithm was supported. Rename this to match the style used
with the other BIP options.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-05-17 01:31:19 +03:00
Johannes Berg
bd1aebbd08 hostapd: Extend RESET_PN for BIGTK
Extend the RESET_PN command to allow resetting the BIGTK PN
for testing.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-05-17 01:31:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
df49c53f4a Fix a typo in a comment
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-05-16 22:12:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
eb595b3e3a wolfssl: Fix crypto_bignum_rand() implementation
The previous implementation used mp_rand_prime() to generate a random
value in range 0..m. That is insanely slow way of generating a random
value since mp_rand_prime() is for generating a random _prime_ which is
not what is needed here. Replace that implementation with generationg of
a random value in the requested range without doing any kind of prime
number checks or loops to reject values that are not primes.

This speeds up SAE and EAP-pwd routines by couple of orders of
magnitude..

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-05-16 21:02:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6a28c4dbc1 wolfssl: Fix compiler warnings on size_t printf format use
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-05-16 21:01:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f2dbaa8ace SAE: Fix a typo in a comment
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-05-16 21:01:32 +03:00
Petr Štetiar
3e1a130107 nl80211: Change AKM suite limit from warning to debug print
Commit dd74ddd0df ("nl80211: Handle AKM suite selectors for AP
configuration") added warning log message "nl80211: Not enough room for
all AKM suites (num_suites=X > NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES)" which in some
cases fills logs every 3 seconds, so fix this by increasing the log
message level to debug.

Reported-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Ref: https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/openwrt/patch/20200504130757.12736-1-ynezz@true.cz/#2429246
Fixes: dd74ddd0df ("nl80211: Handle AKM suite selectors for AP configuration")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
2020-05-16 15:51:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5a04a76aa2 Ignore Management frames while AP interface is not fully enabled
It is possible for drivers to report received Management frames while AP
is going through initial setup (e.g., during ACS or DFS CAC). hostapd
and the driver is not yet ready for actually sending out responses to
such frames at this point and as such, it is better to explicitly ignore
such received frames rather than try to process them and have the
response (e.g., a Probe Response frame) getting dropped by the driver as
an invalid or getting out with some incorrect information.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-05-16 12:16:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c82535edd6 Move deauthentication at AP start to be after beacon configuration
This allows nl80211-based drivers to get the frame out. The old earlier
location resulted in the driver operation getting rejected before the
kernel was not ready to transmit the frame in the BSS context of the AP
interface that has not yet been started.

While getting this broadcast Deauthentication frame transmitted at the
BSS start is not critical, it is one more chance of getting any
previously associated station notified of their previous association not
being valid anymore had they missed previous notifications in cases
where the AP is stopped and restarted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-05-16 11:38:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
094c8a6218 Remove unnecessary key clearing at AP start with nl80211
cfg80211 takes care of key removal when link/association is lost, so
there is no need to explicitly clear old keys when starting AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-05-16 11:28:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
04030e8c0d nl80211: Remove AP mode interface from bridge for STA-mode-scan
Linux bridging code does not allow a station mode WLAN interface in a
bridge and this prevents the AP mode scan workaround from working if the
AP interface is in a bridge and scanning can be only done by moving to
STA mode. Extend this workaround to remove the interface from the bridge
temporarily for the duration of the scan, i.e., for the same duration as
the interface needs to be moved into the station.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-15 21:23:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
98e4b38403 DPP2: Chirping in hostapd Enrollee
Add a new hostapd control interface command "DPP_CHIRP own=<BI ID>
iter=<count>" to request chirping, i.e., sending of Presence
Announcement frames, to be started. This follows the model of similar
wpa_supplicant functionality from commit 562f77144c ("DPP2: Chirping
in wpa_supplicant Enrollee"). The hostapd case requires the AP to be
started without beaconing, i.e., with start_disabled=1 in hostapd
configuration, to allow iteration of channels needed for chirping.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-13 17:59:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
95471fc3e8 Handle hostapd_for_each_interface() at the process termination
Clean struct hapd_interfaces pointers and interface count during
deinitialization at the end of theh ostapd process termination so that a
call to hostapd_for_each_interface() after this does not end up
dereferencing freed memory. Such cases do not exist before this commit,
but can be added after this, e.g., for DPP needs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-13 17:39:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
99809c7a44 nl80211: Disable offchannel-ok in AP mode only if beaconing
When hostapd is started without beaconing (start_disabled=1), Public
Action frame transmission command through nl80211 needs to allow
offchannel operations regardless of the operating channel configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-13 17:09:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0f58c88fc3 DPP2: Fix CONFIG_DPP2=y build with OpenSSL 1.0.2
This file needs the EVP_PKEY_get0_EC_KEY() compatibility wrapper just
like other DPP source code files using this function.

Fixes: 21c612017b ("DPP: Move configurator backup into a separate source code file")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-12 21:02:39 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
b67bedf2e3 nl80211: Fetch information on supported AKMs from the driver
The driver can advertise supported AKMs per wiphy and/or per interface.
Populate per interface supported AKMs based on the driver advertisement
in the following order of preference:
1. AKM suites advertised by NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES
2. AKM suites advertised by NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
If neither of these is available:
3. AKMs support is assumed as per legacy behavior.

In addition, extend other driver interface wrappers to set the
per-interface values based on the global capability indication.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-12 16:57:17 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
6fffb320fc nl80211: Remove QCA vendor specific AKM capability handling
Since this functionality was not used for anything in practice, it is
easier to simply remove this functionality completely to avoid potential
conflicts in using the kernel tree upstream commit ab4dfa20534e
("cfg80211: Allow drivers to advertise supported AKM suites").

This is practically reverting the commit 8ec7c99ee4 ("nl80211: Fetch
supported AKM list from the driver").

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-12 16:41:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
db59827a3c DPP2: Extend TCP encapsulation case to support Configurator as Initiator
This allows DPP_AUTH_INIT to be used with tcp_addr=<dst> argument and
Configurator parameters to perform Configurator initiated DPP
provisioning over TCP. Similarly, DPP_CONTROLLER_START can now be used
to specify Configurator/Enrollee roles and extend Controller to work in
Enrollee role.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-12 14:48:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
890ae336c0 DPP2: Clean up CONFIG_DPP2 use with configurator connectivity IE
Avoid duplicated return statement in CONFIG_DPP2=y builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 17:30:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7f20a3ebda DPP2: Reconfiguration support in Controller
Add handling of Reconfiguration messages in Controller.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 17:26:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6dcb8aaf13 DPP2: Reconfig Announcement relaying from AP to Controller
Recognize the Reconfig Announcement message type and handle it similarly
to the Presence Announcement in the Relay, i.e., send it to the first
Controller if the local Configurator does not have matching C-sign-key.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 17:26:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3b4f7dfaa1 DPP2: Fix Presence Announcement processing in Controller
Use the new struct dpp_authentication instance when setting Configurator
parameters for authentication exchange triggered by Presence
Announcement. conn->auth is NULL here and would cause dereferencing of a
NULL pointer if dpp_configurator_params is set.

Fixes: fa5143feb3 ("DPP2: Presence Announcement processing in Controller")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 17:26:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5e2d877cc4 DPP: Mark internal-to-file functions static
These functions are not used outside dpp_crypto.c anymore.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 17:26:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3aaf269f67 DPP: Move TCP encapsulation into a separate source code file
This continues splitting dpp.c into smaller pieces.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 17:26:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
21c612017b DPP: Move configurator backup into a separate source code file
This continues splitting dpp.c into smaller pieces.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 17:26:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fdbbb74064 DPP: Move authentication functionality into a separate source code file
This continues splitting dpp.c into smaller pieces.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 17:26:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3e48c5d4b4 DPP2: Reconfig Authentication Confirm processing
Extend Enrollee functionality to process Reconfig Authentication
Confirm message and start GAS client.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 17:26:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
24b01c706b DPP2: Reconfig Authentication Response processing and Confirm generation
Extend Configurator functionality to process Reconfig Authentication
Response message, derive the needed keys, and generate Reconfig
Authentication Confirm message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 17:26:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
65e94351dc DPP2: Reconfig Authentication Request processing and Response generation
Extend Enrollee functionality to process Reconfig Authentication Request
message, derive the needed keys, and generate Reconfig Authentication
Response message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 16:41:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3774b6bd03 DPP2: Reconfig Authentication Request generation and transmission
Extend Configurator functionality to sign a special Connector for
reconfiguration and reply with Reconfig Authentication Request frame
when Reconfig Announcement frame is received with a matching C-sign key
hash value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 16:41:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
66ac616cdb DPP2: Process received Reconfig Announcement frame
Check if there is a matching Configurator and be ready to initiate
Reconfig Authentication (which itself is not included in this commit).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 16:41:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c043d9de7 DPP2: Reconfig Announcement transmission
Extend DPP chirping mechanism to allow Reconfig Announcement frames to
be transmitted instead of the Presence Announcement frames. Add a new
wpa_supplicant control interface command "DPP_RECONFIG <network id>" to
initiate reconfiguration for a specific network profile.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 16:41:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
92492dd3ac DPP2: Extend connector matching for reconfiguration
Allow the same helper functions to be used with reconfiguration
connector.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 16:41:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
961435097b DPP2: Move connStatus object building into a helper function
Allow the same helper function to be used for reconfiguration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 16:41:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
94f73f90ef DPP: Move signed connector checking into a helper function
This can be reused for similar need with reconfiguration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 16:41:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
94a28a4940 DPP: Move parsing of own connector into a helper function
This can be used for reconfiguration as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 16:41:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d4ae12355a DPP: Move PKEX functionality into a separate source code file
This continues splitting dpp.c into smaller pieces.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 16:41:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
87b6572616 DPP: Move crypto routines into a separate source code file
This is an initial step in splitting the overly long dpp.c into smaller
pieces.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-11 12:09:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
16626dff9b DPP2: Derive bk ("base key")
Split ke derivation into two parts so that the previously used
internal-only PRK gets stored as the bk in the authentication state.
This new key will be needed for deriving additional keys with DPP R2.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-10 15:55:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
76029c6e11 DPP: Use EVP_PKEY_get0_EC_KEY() when a const reference is sufficient
This removes unnecessary allocations and simplifies the implementation
by not having to remember to free the cloned reference.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-10 15:55:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
481fdfc462 DPP2: Fix URI version parser
Fix a copy-paste error in parsing the version info.

Fixes: 7dd768c3ca ("DPP2: Version information in bootstrapping info URI")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-06 11:58:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7dd768c3ca DPP2: Version information in bootstrapping info URI
Add the local supported version information into the bootstrapping
information (V=2 in the URI) and parse this from received URI.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-05 20:48:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5a0718a19c DPP2: Report MUD URL and bandSupport in control interface events
Report MUD URL and bandSupport from config request if those optional
nodes are included. For now, these are mainly for testing purposes since
there is no mechanism to delay sending of config response.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-04 15:33:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
769139c490 DPP2: Do not include Protocol Version in Auth Req when testing v1
When DPP v2 implementation is hardcoded to behave as v1 for testing
purposes, leave out the Protocol Version attribute form Authentication
Request instead of including it there with indication for v1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-04 13:12:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fad64b4168 DPP: Move dppCon signing to a set of helper functions
This simplifies dpp_build_conf_obj_dpp() and makes it easier to share
the signing functionality for other purposes like reconfiguration where
the Configurator needs to sign a dppCon object for itself without
generating the encapsulating config object.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-04 00:39:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
12c8eacf73 DPP: Allow version number to be overridden for testing purposes
"SET dpp_version_override <ver>" can now be used to request
wpa_supplicant and hostapd to support a subset of DPP versions. In
practice, the only valid case for now is to fall back from DPP version 2
support to version 1 in builds that include CONFIG_DPP2=y.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-04 00:37:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c3c38bc8b9 DPP2: Detect PFS downgrade attack while processing EAPOL-Key msg 3/4
Do not allow association to continue if the local configuration enables
PFS and the station indicates it supports PFS, but PFS was not
negotiated for the association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-04 00:37:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9561925b4d DPP2: Detect PFS downgrade attack while processing EAPOL-Key msg 2/4
Do not allow association to continue if the local configuration enables
PFS and the station indicates it supports PFS, but PFS was not
negotiated for the association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-04 00:37:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
68422fedbf DPP2: Parse DPP KDE in EAPOL-Key Key Data field
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-04 00:37:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
143e3d8bc5 DPP2: Add DPP KDE into EAPOL-Key msg 2/4 when using DPP AKM
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-04 00:37:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b11a12401a DPP2: Add DPP KDE into EAPOL-Key msg 3/4 when using DPP AKM
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-04 00:37:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
85d5456997 DPP2: Indicate if PFS was used in control interface STATUS
The new "dpp_pfs=1" entry can be used to determine whether PFS was used
during derivation of PTK when DPP AKM is negotiated for an association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-04 00:37:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1f5f000086 DPP2: Try to negotiate PFS only if AP supports version 2 or newer
Check AP's DPP Protocol Version during network introduction and mark the
PMKSA cache as suitable for PFS use with version 2 or newer. This avoids
unnecessary attempt of negotiating PFS with version 1 APs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-04 00:37:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
42acf1292d DPP2: Add Protocol Version attribute to network introduction messages
This can be used to determine whether to try to negotiate PFS (only
available with version 2 or higher).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-05-04 00:37:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a7d6098fb4 Add PRINTF_FORMAT for printf wrapper functions
This avoids compiler format-nonliteral warnings ("format string is not a
string literal").

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-05-02 21:04:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a803ba4f9d Use more specific reason codes for 4-way handshake timeouts
IEEE 802.11 defines reason codes for indicating 4-way handshake and
group key handshake timeouts. Use those reason codes instead of the more
generic one for these particular cases in the Authenticator state
machine.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-29 13:00:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ff0b87304c nl80211: Process unprotected Beacon frame RX events
Convert driver indications to internal events to allow invalid Beacon
frames to be reported to the AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-24 17:10:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a39e9af908 nl80211: DPP listen mode callback
Update frame processing registration for DPP Public Action frames to
include multicast reception when in DPP listen mode and the driver
indicates support for this type of explicit request.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-24 17:07:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e81e2091b3 Remove now unused Boolean/TRUE/FALSE definitions
The previous users were converted to C99 bool.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-24 17:06:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
71140cd5b1 RADIUS: Convert Boolean to C99 bool
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-24 17:06:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2c55e67aaf airtime_policy: Convert Boolean to C99 bool
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-24 17:06:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f75a0339d5 state_machine: Convert Boolean to C99 bool
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-24 17:06:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0365458eb8 HE: Replace Boolean with C99 bool
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-24 17:06:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5e5eb5a312 MACsec: Convert Boolean to C99 bool
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-24 17:06:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d15e109e29 EAP peer: Convert Boolean to C99 bool
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-24 17:06:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c9d70dd329 RSN supp: Convert Boolean to C99 bool
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-24 17:06:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
da8478a1ab EAPOL supp: Convert Boolean to C99 bool
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-24 17:06:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
37e3501bf7 FST: Convert Boolean to C99 bool
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-24 17:06:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3dc69721e8 EAPOL auth: Convert Boolean to C99 bool
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-24 17:06:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
56024a233a WPA auth: Convert Boolean to C99 bool
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-24 17:06:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4d9c313f2a WPA: Fix wpa_parse_kde_ies() handling with vendor specific elements
Documentation of the return values for wpa_parse_vendor_specific() and
wpa_parse_generic() were not accurate and the parsing results from these
were not really handled appropriately. There is no point in calling
wpa_parse_vendor_specific() if wpa_parse_generic() recognizes a KDE. Not
that this would break anything in practice, but still, it looks
confusing.

The part about handling wpa_parse_vendor_specific() return value can, at
least in theory, break some cases where an unexpectedly short KDE/vendor
specific element were present and something would need to be recognized
after it. That does not really happen with any standard compliant
implementation and this is unlikely to cause any real harm, but it is
clearer to handle this more appropriately even for any theoretical case,
including misbehavior of a peer device.

Instead of stopping parsing on too short vendor specific element,
continue parsing the following KDEs/IEs. Skip the
wpa_parse_vendor_specific() call when a KDE has been recognized. Also
fix the return value documentation for wpa_parse_generic() and remove
the useless return value from wpa_parse_vendor_specific().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-24 17:06:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1025a9052c Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2020-02-24.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-04-24 17:06:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
60a2de5683 EAP server: Convert Boolean to C99 bool
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-21 17:39:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4d2ec436e3 DPP: Add driver operation for enabling/disabling listen mode
This can be used to configure RX filter to be able to receive broadcast
DPP Public Action frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-20 23:52:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
99cf895553 Include stdbool.h to allow C99 bool to be used
We have practically started requiring some C99 features, so might as
well finally go ahead and bring in the C99 bool as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-20 20:29:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3e6383f31a DPP2: Silence compiler warning with no-CONFIG_DPP2 and OpenSSL 1.0.2
EVP_PKEY_get0_EC_KEY() compatibility wrapper is used only within
CONFIG_DPP2 blocks, so define it with matching condition.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-04-19 17:42:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0115268743 nl80211: Move nl80211_init_connect_handle() to avoid forward declaration
This has no changes to the function itself, i.e., it is just moved to a
location that is above the first caller.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-04-19 17:42:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7a880b129d l2_packet: Allow initialization without RX handling
This can be used to minimize resource use when receive path is not
needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-04-19 17:42:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
95cbf45090 nl80211: Do not open EAPOL RX socket when using control port for RX (AP)
drv->eapol_sock is used only for receiving EAPOL frames in AP mode, so
it is not needed when using control port for EAPOL frame RX.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-04-19 17:42:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c1bc0dd80d nl80211: Disable EAPOL TX over control port in AP mode by default
Since this nl80211 mechanism for sending EAPOL frames does not currently
support TX status notification, disable it by default of AP mode where
the Authenticator state machine uses those notifications to optimize
retransmission. The control port TX can be enabled for AP mode with
driver param control_port_ap=1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-04-19 16:50:56 +03:00
Markus Theil
12ea7dee31 nl80211: Use nl80211 control port for receiving EAPOL frames
Use and/or set socker owner where necessary to allow EAPOL frames to be
received using the nl80211 control port. This is done when the driver
indicates support for the control port without previous hardcoded
reception of RSN preauth frames.

Use methods which set or use the connection owner nl_sock * where
necessary. Initial operations need to register with the SOCKET_OWNER
attribute set (e.g., connect for STA mode). Final operations need to use
the socket which holds the owner attribute (e.g., disconnect for STA
mode).

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-04-19 16:49:03 +03:00
Markus Theil
8609aa5ba3 nl80211: Tie connect handle to bss init/destroy
This commit creates a connect nl_sock * for every bss unconditionally.
It is used in the next commit for nl80211 control port RX.

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-04-19 15:53:02 +03:00
Markus Theil
b4a70018ee nl80211: Handle control port frame in bss events
In order to work in AP mode, handle control port frame RX as per bss
event.

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-04-19 15:53:02 +03:00
Markus Theil
6f70fcd986 nl80211: Check ethertype for control port RX
nl80211 control port event handling previously did not differentiate
between EAPOL and RSN preauth ethertypes. Add checking of the ethertype
and report unexpected frames (only EAPOL frames are supposed to be
delivered through this path).

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-04-19 15:53:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
932546ac28 nl80211: Add a separate driver capability for control port RX
This is needed since the initial implementation of the control port
mechanism in the kernel mixed in RSN pre-authentication ethertype
unconditionally (and IMHO, incorrectly) into the control port.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-04-19 15:53:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bb9e3935dd driver: Add second driver capability flags bitmap
All 64 bits of the capability flags bitmap are used, so add a new
variable to hold future capability bits.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-04-19 15:53:02 +03:00
Disha Das
6b1c590ebb Allow TKIP support to be removed from build
Add a build flag CONFIG_NO_TKIP=y to remove all TKIP functionality from
hostapd and wpa_supplicant builds. This disables use of TKIP as both the
pairwise and group cipher. The end result does not interoperate with a
WPA(v1)-only device or WPA+WPA2 mixed modes.

Signed-off-by: Disha Das <dishad@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-17 23:51:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a6c689d354 FT: Testing override for RSNXE Used subfield in FTE (AP)
Allow hostapd to be requested to override the RSNXE Used subfield in FT
reassociation case for testing purposes with "ft_rsnxe_used=<0/1/2>"
where 0 = no override, 1 = override to 1, and 2 = override to 0.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-16 23:39:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9b222b6130 nl80211: Remove unnecessary inclusion of l2_packet.h
The only l2_packet use within this file was removed by commit
d12dab4c6f ("nl80211: Use non-receiving socket for EAPOL TX").

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-14 19:28:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b2d8dc59f4 FT: Testing override for RSNXE Used subfield in FTE
Allow wpa_supplicant to be requested to override the RSNXE Used subfield
in FT reassociation case for testing purposes with "SET ft_rsnxe_used
<0/1/2>" where 0 = no override, 1 = override to 1, and 2 = override to
0.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-14 16:37:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5344af7d22 FT: Discard ReassocReq with mismatching RSNXE Used value
Discard the FT Reassociation Request frame instead of rejecting it
(i.e., do not send Reassociation Response frame) if RSNXE Used is
indicated in FTE, but no RSNXE is included even though the AP is
advertising RSNXE.

While there is not really much of a difference between discarding and
rejecting the frame, this discarding behavior is what the standard says
for this type of an error case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-14 16:37:35 +03:00
Edayilliam Jayadev
af0178c75b Add vendor attributes indicating number of spectral detectors
Add per bandwidth capability attributes which indicate the number of
spectral detectors used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-07 23:05:26 +03:00
Edayilliam Jayadev
7a510a97ba Add an attribute for secondary 80 MHz span of agile spectral scan
Add an attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_SPECTRAL_SCAN_CONFIG_FREQUENCY_2
for describing the secondary 80 MHz span of agile spectral scan.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-07 23:03:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
24a6bca704 PKCS#1: Debug dump invalid Signature EB
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-04-05 20:13:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
eac6eb7024 X509: Use unique debug prints for unused bits entries
This makes it easier to understand which X.509 BIT STRING value has the
unused bits.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-04-05 19:59:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
153333ef6b FT RRB: Remove confusing debug print about extra data
The "FT: Ignore extra data in end" hexdump is quite confusing since it
shows all the IEs that were actually either processed or forwarded.
There is no code path that could reach this debug print with actual real
extra data. Remove it and the dead increment of pos to avoid warnings
from static analyzers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-04-04 23:42:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d867e11811 FT: Remove and re-add STA entry after FT protocol success with PMF
Allow STA entry to be removed and re-added to the driver with PMF is
used with FT. Previously, this case resulted in cfg80211 rejecting STA
entry update after successful FT protocol use if the association had not
been dropped and it could not be dropped for the PMF case in
handle_auth().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-04-04 21:53:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
512b6c02e0 DPP: Mandate mutual auth with NFC negotiated connection handover
Mark own bootstrap information as having been used in NFC negotiated
connection handover and do not accept non-mutual authentication when
processing Authentication Response from the peer when such bootstrapping
information is used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-03 16:27:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
872299f4b3 DPP2: Store netAccessKey in psk/sae credentials for reconfig
Connector alone is not sufficient for authentication during
reconfiguration, so store the netAccessKey as well.

Fixes: e4eb009d98 ("DPP2: Add Connector and C-sign-key in psk/sae credentials for reconfig")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-03 12:43:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bf9f49396b OWE: Remove check for unexpected DH Parameter IE use with other AKMs
While the Diffie-Hellman Parameter element is defined in RFC 8110
explicitly for use witht he OWE AKM, it has now been proposed to be used
with another AKM (DPP). Should any other AKM be extended in similar
manner in the future, the check against unexpected use could result in
additional interoperability issues. Remove that and instead, ignore the
unexpected Diffie-Hellman Parameter element if it is included in
(Re)Association Request frame when any other AKM is negotiated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-03 12:18:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e4eb009d98 DPP2: Add Connector and C-sign-key in psk/sae credentials for reconfig
If the Enrollee indicates support for DPP R2 or newer, add Connector and
C-sign-key in psk/sae credentials (i.e., cases where DPP AKM is not
enabled) for reconfiguration. Extend processing of such credentials in
wpa_supplicant network profile addition to handle this new case
correctly by not setting key_mgmt=DPP based on Connector being present,
but by looking at the actual akm value in the config object.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-02 21:34:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a371164f88 Process received WNM Notification Request for beacon protection failures
Report received notifications for beacon protection failures in syslog
and control interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-01 16:30:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0e794989e5 Beacon frame protection event for incorrect protection
Define a driver interface event for Beacon frame protection failures.
Report such events over the control interface and send a
WNM-Notification Request frame to the AP as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-01 16:22:48 +03:00
P Praneesh
7c8f540ee0 wpa_supplicant: Add HE override support
Add HE override support under the build parameter CONFIG_HE_OVERRIDES=y.
The disable_he=1 network profile parameter can be used to disable HE.
This requires a fallback to VHT on the 5 GHz band and to HT on the 2.4
GHz band.

There is no nl80211 support for configuring the driver to disable HE, so
for now, this applies only to IBSS and mesh cases.

Signed-off-by: P Praneesh <ppranees@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-30 12:55:01 +03:00
Sergey Matyukevich
91498a1225 hostapd: DFS for channel switch in repeater mode
In repeater mode remote AP may request channel switch to a new channel.
Check if DFS is required for the new channel before proceeding with
normal AP operations. Start CAC procedure if radar detection is required
and channel is not yet marked as available.

Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
2020-03-29 21:15:16 +03:00
Sergey Matyukevich
683e7c7559 DFS: Add new hostapd_is_dfs_overlap() helper
Add a new hostapd_is_dfs_overlap() helper function to DFS module. This
function tells whether the selected frequency range overlaps with DFS
channels in the current hostapd configuration. Selected frequency reange
is specified by its center frequency and bandwidth.

Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
2020-03-29 21:15:16 +03:00
Sergey Matyukevich
7988767393 DFS: Rename and export hostapd_config_dfs_chan_available helper
Rename DFS helper hostapd_config_dfs_chan_available() to
hostapd_is_dfs_chan_available(). Enable access to this helper function
from other hostapd components.

Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
2020-03-29 21:15:16 +03:00
Alexander Wetzel
3f88d2ba0d AP: Drop not needed condition to delete PTK ID 1
Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-29 21:15:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
80914e9eb2 DPP2: Fix build with OpenSSL 1.0.2 (EVP_PKEY_get0_EC_KEY() wrapper)
EVP_PKEY_get0_EC_KEY() was added in OpenSSL 1.1.0, so add a
compatibility wrapper for it when building with OpenSSL 1.0.2.

Fixes: c025c2eb59 ("DPP: DPPEnvelopedData generation for Configurator backup")
Fixes: 7d9e320054 ("DPP: Received Configurator backup processing")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-29 21:15:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
54e2961f80 Add a hostapd testing option for skipping association pruning
The new skip_prune_assoc=1 parameter can be used to configure hostapd
not to prune associations from other BSSs operated by the same process
when a station associates with another BSS. This can be helpful in
testing roaming cases where association and authorization state is
maintained in an AP when the stations returns.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-28 20:39:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1a18f8df63 nl80211: Allow full AP client state capability to be disabled
The new driver param full_ap_client_state=0 can be used to test
functionality with the driver capability for full AP client state being
forced to be disabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-28 20:38:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7b156a3c5a wpa_auth: Use printf format %zu instead of type casts
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-28 19:54:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f83d3491b9 wpa_auth: Do not split strings into multiple lines
Avoid unnecessary splitting of long string constants into multiple
lines.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-28 19:48:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9385f03feb wpa_auth: Coding style cleanup for pointer is NULL comparisons
Use !ptr instead of ptr == NULL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-28 19:36:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
62e12afcf1 wpa_auth: Clean up pointer dereferences
Use local variables to avoid sm->wpa_auth->conf type of dereferences
where multiple instances within a function can be cleaned up.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-28 19:29:12 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
bbf94a0958 nl80211: Configure PMKSA lifetime and reauth threshold timer to driver
Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime and reauth
threshold time of configured PMKSA so that they can trigger full
authentication to avoid unnecessary disconnection. To support this, send
dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime and dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold values
configured in wpa_supplicant to the driver while configuring a PMKSA.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-28 17:27:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1f4e9946bc Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2020-02-20.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-28 17:27:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7c021dec3a DPP2: Allow AP to require or reject PFS
The new hostapd configuration parameter dpp_pfs can be used to specify
how PFS is applied to associations. The default behavior (dpp_pfs=0)
remains same as it was previously, i.e., allow the station to decide
whether to use PFS. PFS use can now be required (dpp_pfs=1) or rejected
(dpp_pfs=2).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-28 12:33:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ca57d5f553 Return an enum from wpa_validate_wpa_ie()
This is more specific then returning a generic int and also allows the
compiler to do more checks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-28 12:30:46 +02:00
Sathishkumar Muruganandam
2b4f9ce287 hostapd: Add HE bit in BSSID Information field of own Neighbor Report
Add definition for HE bit in neighbor report BSSID Information field
from IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0, 9.4.2.36 Neighbor Report element.

Signed-off-by: Sathishkumar Muruganandam <murugana@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-27 23:52:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
80d0e50dc5 DPP2: Use a helper function for encapsulating TCP message
This functionality was repeated for multiple different frames. Use a
shared helper function to avoid such duplication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-27 20:05:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fa5143feb3 DPP2: Presence Announcement processing in Controller
Process the received Presence Announcement frames in Controller. If a
matching bootstrapping entry for the peer is found, initiate DPP
authentication to complete provisioning of the Enrollee.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-27 20:05:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
db1ef82538 DPP2: Presence Announcement processing in AP/Relay
Process the received Presence Announcement frames in AP/Relay. If a
matching bootstrapping entry for the peer is found in a local
Configurator, that Configurator is used. Otherwise, the frame is relayed
to the first configured Controller (if available).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-27 20:05:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
06dd32903d DPP2: Presence Announcement processing at Configurator
Process received Presence Announcement frames and initiate
Authentication exchange if matching information is available on the
Configurator.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-27 20:05:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6f5bc15bec DPP2: Configurator Connectivity indication
Add a new hostapd configuration parameter
dpp_configurator_connectivity=1 to request Configurator connectivity to
be advertised for chirping Enrollees.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-27 20:05:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
562f77144c DPP2: Chirping in wpa_supplicant Enrollee
Add a new wpa_supplicant control interface command "DPP_CHIRP own=<BI
ID> iter=<count>" to request chirping, i.e., sending of Presence
Announcement frames, to be started.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-27 20:05:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1f0226770c DPP2: Add a helper function for building Presence Announcement frame
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-27 17:44:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7cba35b0ed DPP2: New identifier definitions
Add new identifier definitions for presence announcement,
reconfiguration, and certificate enrollment.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-27 17:44:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
547dc7eaa3 DPP: Add DPP_BOOTSTRAP_SET command
"DPP_BOOTSTRAP_SET <ID> <configurator parameters..>" can now be used to
set peer specific configurator parameters which will override any global
parameters from dpp_configurator_params.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-27 17:44:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
804fc268af DPP: Allow per-peer configurator parameters to be set
This is a more convenient way of addressing cases where a
Configurator/Controller may store a large number of peer bootstrapping
information instances and may need to manage different configuration
parameters for each peer while operating as the Responder.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-27 17:44:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
514cc49ba5 DPP: Store global pointers in struct dpp_authentication
Set the global pointer and msg_ctx when allocating struct
dpp_authentication instead of needing to pass these to
dpp_set_configurator().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-27 17:44:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b7275a8142 Update STA flags to the driver immediately on disconnection
hostapd (and wpa_supplicant in AP mode) was internally updating the STA
flags on disconnection cases to remove authorization and association.
However, some cases did not result in immediate update of the driver STA
entry. Update all such cases to send out the update to the driver as
well to reduce risk of race conditions where new frames might be
accepted for TX or RX after the port authorization or association has
been lost and configured keys are removed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-26 17:51:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9d1857cf35 Process Transition Disable KDE in station mode
Check whether the Transition Disable KDE is received from an
authenticated AP and if so, whether it contains valid indication for
disabling a transition mode. If that is the case, update the local
network profile by removing the less secure options.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-26 00:13:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
82cc0b0cc2 Allow hostapd AP to advertise Transition Disable KDE
The new hostapd configuration parameter transition_disable can now be
used to configure the AP to advertise that use of a transition mode is
disabled. This allows stations to automatically disable transition mode
by disabling less secure network profile parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-26 00:12:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3eb9ddc658 Transition Disable KDE definitions
Define the OUI Type and bitmap values for Transition Disable KDE. These
will be shared by both the AP and STA implementations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-26 00:12:39 +02:00
Wu Gao
a72ec4c221 Add addition CFR capture type to filter all NDPA NDP frames
Add QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_CFR_NDPA_NDP_ALL in enum
qca_wlan_vendor_cfr_capture_type. This capture type requests all NDPA
NDP frames to be filtered.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-25 12:05:14 +02:00
Wu Gao
a163bfe2bc Change CFR attributes from required to optional
Some CFR attributes are used frequently with conditions, so change them
from required to optional.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-25 12:04:37 +02:00
Noam Shaked
e520de8dbe Add ACS support for 60 GHz channel bonding
hostapd will trigger EDMG auto channel selection by setting
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_ACS_EDMG_ENABLED. The 60 GHz driver will be
called to start an auto channel selection and will return the
primary channel and the EDMG channel.

Signed-off-by: Noam Shaked <nshaked@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-24 22:15:32 +02:00
Noam Shaked
00f6a27628 nl80211: Fix offloaded ACS regression for the 60 GHz band
Addition of chan_2ghz_or_5ghz_to_freq() broke 60 GHz ACS, because it
assumes reported ACS channel is on either 2.4 or 5 GHz band. Fix this
by converting chan_2ghz_or_5ghz_to_freq() to a more generic
chan_to_freq(). The new function uses hw_mode to support 60 GHz.

Fixes: 41cac481a8 ("ACS: Use frequency params in ACS (offload) completed event interface")
Signed-off-by: Noam Shaked <nshaked@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-23 22:29:04 +02:00
John Crispin
1e8ea0833d HE: Add HE support to hostapd_set_freq_params()
The parameters that need to be applied are symmetric to those of VHT,
however the validation code needs to be tweaked to check the HE
capabilities.

Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <slakkavalli@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-03-23 18:08:50 +02:00
Wu Gao
bb08be757f Extend vendor attributes to support enhanced CFR capture
Enhanced channel frequency response supports capturing of channel status
information based on RX. Define previous CFR as version 1 and enhanced
CFR as version 2. If target supports both versions, two versions can't
be enabled at same time. Extend attributes for enhanced CFR capture in
enum qca_wlan_vendor_peer_cfr_capture_attr.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-23 15:39:36 +02:00
Noam Shaked
30ac8ddaf6 Add QCA vendor attributes for ACS over EDMG (IEEE 802.11ay)
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_ACS_EDMG_ENABLED, conduct ACS for EDMG.
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_ACS_EDMG_CHANNEL, return the EDMG channel.

Signed-off-by: Noam Shaked <nshaked@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-23 13:19:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8b63a58166 Use a shared helper function for RSN supplicant capabilities
Avoid practically copy-pasted code for determining local RSN
capabilities.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-23 11:47:31 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
b17b7a8e53 STA: Support Extended Key ID
Support Extended Key ID in wpa_supplicant according to
IEEE Std 802.11-2016 for infrastructure (AP) associations.

Extended Key ID allows to rekey pairwise keys without the otherwise
unavoidable MPDU losses on a busy link. The standard is fully backward
compatible, allowing STAs to also connect to APs not supporting it.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-23 11:47:31 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
862aac1fcd AP: Support Extended Key ID
Support Extended Key ID in hostapd according to IEEE Std 802.11-2016.

Extended Key ID allows to rekey pairwise keys without the otherwise
unavoidable MPDU losses on a busy link. The standard is fully backward
compatible, allowing an AP to serve STAs with and without Extended Key
ID support in the same BSS.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-23 11:43:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9f9a148af6 Convert int_array to use size_t instead of int as the length
This extends this to allow longer lists with LP32 data model to avoid
limit of 16-bit int.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-22 18:50:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
749add5c64 Limit freq_range_list_parse() result to UINT_MAX entries
This addresses a theoretical integer overflow with configuration
parameters with 16-bit int.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-22 18:50:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2f06008564 loop: Use size_t for eloop.count
This is more consistent with the other eloop registrations and avoids a
theoretical integer overflow with 16-bit int should more than 32767
sockets/signals/events be registered.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-22 18:50:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7858f493f3 eloop: Use size_t for socket table->count
This is more consistent with the other eloop registrations and avoids a
theoretical integer overflow with 16-bit int should more than 32767
sockets be registered (which is not really going to happen in practice).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-22 18:50:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3f45b8daeb hs20-osu-client: Use size_t for certificate components
This avoids a theoretical integer overflow with 16-bit unsigned int
should a certificate be encoded with more that 65535 friendly names or
icons.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-22 18:50:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
913220cbb8 eloop: Use size_t for signal_count
This is more consistent with the other eloop registrations and avoids a
theoretical integer overflow with 16-bit int (not that there would ever
be more that 32767 signal handlers getting registered).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-22 18:50:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ae7193611f Limit maximum number of pending SA Queries
There is no point in starting a huge number of pending SA Queries, so
limit the number of pending queries to 1000 to have an explicit limit
for how large sa_query_count can grow.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-22 18:50:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
02b43c557c RADIUS: Use size_t instead of int for message attributes
While RADIUS messages are limited to 4 kB, use size_t to avoid even a
theoretical overflow issue with 16-bit int.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-22 18:50:04 +02:00
Ouden
7546c489a9 nl80211: Fix RTM NEW/DELLINK IFLA_IFNAME copy for maximum ifname length
If the kernel rtm_newlink or rtm_dellink send the maximum length of
ifname (IFNAMSIZ), the event handlers in
wpa_driver_nl80211_event_rtm_addlink() and
wpa_driver_nl80211_event_rtm_dellink() did not copy the IFLA_IFNAME
value. Because the RTA_PAYLOAD (IFLA_IFNAME) length already includes the
NULL termination, that equals the IFNAMSIZ.

Fix the condition when IFNAME reach maximum size.

Signed-off-by: Ouden <Ouden.Biz@gmail.com>
2020-03-21 17:12:29 +02:00
Sourav Mohapatra
22547c3148 More details to the vendor specific driver internal failure reporting
Add more hang reason codes for the hang reason in the
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_HANG events. This also introduces the
attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_HANG_REASON_DATA to carry the required
data for the respective hang reason. This data is expected to contain
the required dump to analyze the reason for the hang.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-21 17:12:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
51e8f5d63c Ignore duplicated SSID element when parsing
Some APs have managed to add two SSID elements into Beacon frames and
that used to result in picking the last one which had incorrect data in
the known examples of this misbehavior. Pick the first one to get the
correct SSID.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-21 17:12:29 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
5a296129fc Set beacon protection config irrespective of macro CONFIG_FILS
This was not supposed to be conditional on CONFIG_FILS.

Fixes: ecbf59e693 ("wpa_supplicant configuration for Beacon protection")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-21 17:12:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cc79eb725f Check against integer overflow in int_array functions
int_array_concat() and int_array_add_unique() could potentially end up
overflowing the int type variable used to calculate their length. While
this is mostly theoretical for platforms that use 32-bit int, there
might be cases where a 16-bit int overflow could be hit. This could
result in accessing memory outside buffer bounds and potentially a
double free when realloc() ends up freeing the buffer.

All current uses of int_array_add_unique() and most uses of
int_array_concat() are currently limited by the buffer limits for the
local configuration parameter or frame length and as such, cannot hit
this overflow cases. The only case where a long enough int_array could
be generated is the combination of scan_freq values for a scan. The
memory and CPU resource needs for generating an int_array with 2^31
entries would not be realistic to hit in practice, but a device using
LP32 data model with 16-bit int could hit this case.

It is better to have more robust checks even if this could not be
reached in practice, so handle cases where more than INT_MAX entries
would be added to an int_array as memory allocation failures instead of
allowing the overflow case to proceed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-21 17:12:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a55ecfeabe Allow RSNXE to be removed from Beacon frames for testing purposes
The new hostapd configuration parameter no_beacon_rsnxe=1 can be used to
remove RSNXE from Beacon frames. This can be used to test protection
mechanisms for downgrade attacks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-21 00:24:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b7366a942a FT: Omit RSNXE from FT protocol Reassociation Response when needed
The previous design for adding RSNXE into FT was not backwards
compatible. Move to a new design based on 20/332r3 to avoid that issue
by not include RSNXE in the FT protocol Reassociation Response frame so
that a STA not supporting RSNXE can still validate the FTE MIC
correctly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-21 00:01:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6140cca819 FT: Omit RSNXE from FT protocol Reassociation Request when needed
The previous design for adding RSNXE into FT was not backwards
compatible. Move to a new design based on 20/332r3 to avoid that issue
by not include RSNXE in the FT protocol Reassociation Request frame so
that an AP not supporting RSNXE can still validate the FTE MIC
correctly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-21 00:01:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
35936cd2cf FT: Verify that RSNXE is used consistently in Reassociation Response
Verify that the AP included RSNXE in Beacon/Probe Response frames if it
indicated in FTE that RSNXE is used. This is needed to protect against
downgrade attacks based on the design proposed in 20/332r3.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-21 00:01:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
497ae9f004 FT: Verify that RSNXE is used consistently in Reassociation Request
Verify that the STA includes RSNXE if it indicated in FTE that RSNXE is
used and the AP is also using RSNXE. This is needed to protect against
downgrade attacks based on the design proposed in 20/332r3.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-20 21:33:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
51d1924bd8 FT: Set the new RSNXE Used subfield in FT reassociation
This is a workaround needed to keep FT protocol backwards compatible for
the cases where either the AP or the STA uses RSNXE, but the other one
does not. This commit adds setting of the new field to 1 in
Reassociation Request/Response frame during FT protocol when the STA/AP
uses RSNXE in other frames. This mechanism is described in 20/332r3.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-20 21:23:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
796253a65f nl80211: Debug print set_key() command names
This makes it easier to understand the debug log for various set_key()
operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-15 23:42:21 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
ac22241532 nl80211: Extended Key ID support
Add key configuration parameters needed to support Extended Key ID with
pairwise keys. Add a driver capability flag to indicate support forusing
this.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-15 23:39:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a1afa2df8a Remove unnecessary and confusing length check from the PMKID KDE case
wpa_parse_kde_ies(), i.e., the only caller to wpa_parse_generic(),
verifies that there is room for KDE Length field and pos[1] (that
length) octets of payload in the Key Data buffer. The PMKID KDE case
within wpa_parse_generic() was doing an unnecessary separate check for
there being room for the Length, OUI, and Data Type fields. This is
covered by the check in the calling function with the combination of
verifying that pos[1] is large enough to contain RSN_SELECTOR_LEN +
PMKID_LEN octets of payload.

This is confusing since no other KDE case was checking remaining full
buffer room within wpa_parse_generic(). Clean this up by removing the
unnecessary check from the PMKID KDE case so that all KDEs are handled
consistently.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-15 23:24:18 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
094c9cdc7e Add parsing of Key ID KDE for Extended Key ID
wpa_parse_generic() can now recognize the Key ID KDE that will be needed
to deliver the Key ID of the pairwise key when Extended Key ID is used.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-15 23:17:56 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
f5c0104f3b Add KEY_FLAG_MODIFY for Extended Key ID support
KEY_FLAG_MODIFY was initial added for the planned Extended Key ID
support with commit a919a26035 ("Introduce and add key_flag") and then
removed with commit 82eaa3e688 ("Remove the not yet needed
KEY_FLAG_MODIFY") to simplify commit e9e69221c1 ("Validity checking
function for key_flag API").

Add it again and update check_key_flag() accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-15 23:00:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9e30180a30 nl80211: Allow scanning in wpa_supplicant AP mode
If the driver supports this, request cfg80211 to allow the explicitly
requested scan to go through in AP mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-15 21:21:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
037e004c16 nl80211: Remove extraneous space from send_mlme debug print
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-15 17:09:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
81fa7730d3 nl80211: Add more TX status details in debug log in AP mode
The actual TX status (whether ACK frame was received) was not included
in the debug log in AP mode. Add that for all cases. In addition, add
some more details in the debug log to make the log more helpful in
debugging issues related to frame delivery.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-15 17:06:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
46e147fcdc Allow RSNE/RSNXE to be replaced in FT protocol Reassocation Response frame
This can be used to test station side behavior for FT protocol
validation steps.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-15 10:39:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1a8e9334c0 FT: Check RSNE/RSNXE match in FT protocol Reassociation Response frame
While 13.7.1 (FT reassociation in an RSN) in P802.11-REVmd/D3.0 did not
explicitly require this to be done, this is implied when describing the
contents of the fourth message in the FT authentication sequence (see
13.8.5). Furthermore, 20/332r2 is proposing an explicit validation step
to be added into 13.7.1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-15 10:39:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
839bab785b nl80211: Debug print driver capabilities
This can be helpful in understanding driver behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-13 20:03:14 +02:00
Hrishikesh Vidwans
d9a7b71a78 AP: Fix regression in frequency check for a usable EDMG channel
Commit 5f9b4afd ("Use frequency in HT/VHT validation steps done before
starting AP") modified hostapd_is_usable_edmg() to use freq instead of
channel numbers. Unfortunately, it did not convert the frequency
calculation correctly and this broke EDMG functionality.

Fix the frequency calculation so that EDMG channel 9 works again.

Fixes: 5f9b4afdfa ("Use frequency in HT/VHT validation steps done before starting AP")
Signed-off-by: Hrishikesh Vidwans <hvidwans@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-11 17:54:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
10223b501b SAE: Expose sae_write_commit() error cases to callers
Check whether an error is reported from any of the functions that could
in theory fail and if so, do not proceed with the partially filled SAE
commit buffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-08 16:59:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7f1f69e897 SAE: Check hmac_sha256() result in sae_token_hash()
In theory, hmac_sha256() might fail, so check for that possibility
instead of continuing with undetermined index value that could point to
an arbitrary token entry.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-08 16:51:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b0927e5d06 nl80211: Fix error print for hapd_send_eapol()
The return value from nl80211_send_monitor() is not suitable for use
with strerror(). Furthermore, nl80211_send_monitor() itself is printing
out a more detailed error reason.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-08 16:48:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a17cbcd698 os_unix: Call srandom() only if os_get_random() succeeds
Don't use uninitialized stack memory if /dev/urandom is not available.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-08 16:43:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
17ba51b14d nl80211: Fix tx_control_port error print
send_and_recv_msgs() returns a negative number as the error code and
that needs to be negated for strerror().

Fixes: 8759e9116a ("nl80211: Control port over nl80211 helpers")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-08 16:38:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bb2ea8e5e3 DPP: Remove unreachable return statement
This was forgotten from an earlier development version.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-08 16:35:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7dcc5f7feb SAE: Check sta pointer more consistently in testing code
send_auth_reply() could be called with sta == NULL in certain error
conditions. While that is not applicable for this special test
functionality for SAE, the inconsistent checks for the sta pointer could
result in warnings from static analyzers. Address this by explicitly
checking the sta pointer here.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-08 16:32:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
15d63c6043 Clean up hostapd_get_he_twt_responder() processing
mode->he_capab is an array and as such, there is no point in checking
whether it is NULL since that cannot be the case. Check for the
he_supported flag instead. In addition, convert the TWT responder
capability bit into a fixed value 1 to avoid any surprising to the
callers. In practice, neither of these changes results in different
behavior in the current implementation, but this is more robust.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-08 16:28:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7aa47fe5fc DPP: Fix connectorTemplate addition
There was a copy-paste error in this code that would be adding the
connectorTemplate once that becomes available. In practice, this was not
reachable code, but anyway, this should be ready for potential addition
of connectorTemplate in the future.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-08 16:18:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c7d293024b RSN: Stop 4-way handshake if scan results are not available
While there may have initially been cases where the RSNE from
Beacon/Probe Response frames was not available from some drivers, it is
now more valuable to notice if such a case were to be hit with drivers
that are always expected to have such information available. As such,
make it a fatal error if the scan results for the current AP are not
available to check the RSNE/RSNXE in EAPOL-Key msg 3/4.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-08 16:16:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
785f99b680 FT: Silence debug prints when FT is not actually used
Avoid printing confusing FT debug entries from wpa_sm_set_ft_params()
when FT is not actually used for the connection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-07 17:43:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
33a28170a3 Recognize OWE Transition Mode element in IE parser
This silences the debug log entry on unknown WFA IE being ignored.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-07 17:27:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fad0449438 Report RSNXE mismatch in EAPOL-Key msg 3/4 more consistently with RSNE
Use the same reason code to indicate that IE different in 4-way
handshake and also print a hexdump of RSNXE in both Beacon/ProbeResp and
EAPOL-Key msg 3/4 in the log.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-07 17:05:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4d64fd37b7 Allow RSNE in EAPOL-Key msg 3/4 to be replaced for testing purposes
The new hostapd configuration parameter rsne_override_eapol can now be
used similarly to the previously added rsnxe_override_eapol to override
(replace contents or remove) RSNE in EAPOL-Key msg 3/4. This can be used
for station protocol testing to verify sufficient checks for RSNE
modification between the Beacon/Probe Response frames and EAPOL-Key msg
3/4.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-07 16:45:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9128b67269 Extend hostapd rsnxe_override_eapol to allow IE removal
Previous implementation was determining whether the override value was
set based on its length being larger than zero. Replace this with an
explicit indication of whether the parameter is set to allow zero length
replacement, i.e., remove of RSNXE from EAPOL-Key msg 3/4.

In addition, move IE replacement into a more generic helper function to
allow this to be used with other IEs as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-07 16:39:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
43ededa9c7 Do not override WDS VLAN assignment for STA
The 4-address frames WDS design in mac80211 uses VLAN interfaces
similarly to the way VLAN interfaces based on VLAN IDs are used. The EAP
authentication case ended up overriding the WDS specific assignment even
when the RADIUS server did not assign any specific VLAN for the STA.
This broke WDS traffic.

Fix this by skipping VLAN assignment to VLAN ID 0 for STAs that have
been detected to use 4-address frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-07 13:56:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ca8a51c4bb webkit2: Fix http://localhost:12345/ redirect handling
The resource-load-started cannot be used to replace the older
resource-request-starting signal and as such, the final redirect to the
special http://localhost:12345/ URL did not work. Use the decide-policy
signal for navigation action instead.

Also remove the attempt to modify the request URI from
resource-load-started since that is not going to work either. This is
not really critical for functionality, but could eventually be replaced
with a handler for the WebKitWebPage send-request signal.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-07 11:51:23 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
be15f33d07 Replace WPA_ALG_PMK with KEY_FLAG_PMK
Drop the no longer needed internal alg WPA_ALG_PMK and use KEY_FLAG_PMK
as replacement.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-06 21:44:31 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
11b1fcd6ca nl80211: Drop outdated TDLS set_key() hack
wpa_tdls_set_key() did set the key_id to -1 to avoid a useless
NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY call that the updated nl80211 driver no longer
carries out. Remove the no longer required workaround.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-06 21:44:31 +02:00
Pravas Kumar Panda
f64b601c47 DFS: Add support for 80+80 MHz when going through channel switch
After a radar signal is detected, the AP should switch to another
channel, but in the case of 80+80 MHz, channel switch failed because
hostapd did not select the secondary channel in the process. Fix this by
selecting a secondary channel in the case of 80+80 MHz.

Signed-off-by: Xin Wang <xwangw@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Pravas Kumar Panda <kumarpan@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-06 21:44:31 +02:00
Hu Wang
0a76a0b965 OWE: Fix PTK derivation workaround for interoperability
The initial implementation of the PTK derivation workaround for
interoperability with older OWE implementations forced
WPA_KEY_MGMT_PSK_SHA256 to be used for all of PTK derivation. While that
is needed for selecting which hash algorithm to use, this was also
changing the length of the PTK components and by doing so, did not
actually address the backwards compatibility issue.

Fix this by forcing SHA256 as the hash algorithm in PTK derivation
without changing the PTK length calculation for OWE when
owe_ptk_workaround is enabled.

Fixes: 65a44e849a ("OWE: PTK derivation workaround in AP mode")
Fixes: 8b138d2826 ("OWE: PTK derivation workaround in STA mode")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-06 21:44:31 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
81621eab7c nl80211: Migrate from set_tx to key_flag API
Migrate nl80211 driver to key_flag API and add additional sanity checks.

I'm still not sure why we install unicast WEP keys also as default
unicast keys. Based on how I understand how mac80211 handles that it
should be pointless. I just stuck to how we do things prior to the patch
for WEP keys to not break anything. After all other drivers may need it.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-05 00:52:31 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
9757f18db4 nl80211: Don't ignore when SET_KEY returns ENOENT
Always report an error when NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY can't set a key to
default.

The old ioctl-based design used a single command to add, set, and delete
a key and had to ignore ENOENT for key deletions. It looks like that
special handling was also ported for NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY and
NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY instead only for NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-05 00:38:30 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
98b8275d92 nl80211: Remove not needed netlink key attribute
Calling NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY with NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES attributes is
pointless. The information is not expected and therefore the kernel
never forwards it to the drivers. That attribute is used with
NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-05 00:36:00 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
8563f6f564 nl80211: Fix wrong return code in set_key error path
Allow to abort key installations with different error codes and fix one
misleading return code.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-05 00:28:50 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
adf550ee4b nl80211: Ignore seq number for key deletion
Turns out we are sometime providing a seq when deleting the key. Since
that makes no sense on key deletion let's stop forwarding that to the
driver at least.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-05 00:27:48 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
e9e69221c1 Validity checking function for key_flag API
Add masks for each key type to define which flags can be combined and
add a helper function to validate key_flag values.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-05 00:25:47 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
5eb1632569 nl80211: Add a missing key_flag for WEP shared key authentication
Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-05 00:24:55 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
82eaa3e688 Remove the not yet needed KEY_FLAG_MODIFY
I decided to drop KEY_FLAG_MODIFY instead of allowing flag combinations not
yet used in the code and will simply recreate it with the Extended Key
ID patches once we get there. For that reason I also did not renumber
the flags.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-05 00:17:23 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
982b9cf029 Fix a wrong key_flag when deleting 802.1X WEP keys
Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-05 00:13:20 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
d37c05e5b5 AP: Don't try to set NULL WEP default key
hostapd_broadcast_wep_set() can be called without a WEP key set.
Don't try to install a default key in that case.

This patch is not critical for the new API. With key_flag we just would
report an (ignored) error and do nothing. With the patch we simply do
nothing.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-05 00:03:56 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
fa1a6aff22 Fix unicast argument for set_wep_key() from EAPOL supplicant
The unicast parameter in set_wep_key() is only expected to be set to 0
or 1. Without this patch we set unicast to 0x80 instead of 1. Since
unicast is used as boolean that is working fine but violates the
documented API.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-04 23:59:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
11dab0f37f WPS: Remove expired PINs on Selected Registrar timeout
This clears the AuthorizedMACs advertisement immediately when the
Selected Registrar timeout is hit and no more active PINs are present.
Previously, the AuthorizedMACs advertisement could remain in place
indefinitely since expired PINs were removed only when actually trying
to find a PIN for a new WPS exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-04 23:26:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8f89e57ab5 DFS: More debug prints on channel selection after radar detection
This makes it easier to understand what is happening when a new channel
needs to be selected based on a radar detection event.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-03 18:58:08 +02:00
Seevalamuthu Mariappan
4b37d24285 hostapd: Fix to downgrade bandwidth in radar detection
Upon radar detection we used to search channels with the same bandwidth.
This way we might not find any other channels. If there are no channels
available with that bandwidth the AP service will be stopped. To avoid
this problem, also search a suitable channel by downgrading the
bandwidth. This scenario is applicable during CAC as well.

Signed-off-by: Seevalamuthu Mariappan <seevalam@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-03 18:37:16 +02:00
Seevalamuthu Mariappan
7242087d1c DFS: Do not process radar event while disabling an interface
In the normal case hostapd_disable_iface() and hostapd_enable_iface()
will be done while switching to another DFS channel upon radar
detection. In certain scenarios radar detected event can come while
hostapd_disable_iface() is in progress and iface->current_mode will be
NULL in that scenario. Previously, we did not check for this scenario
and proceeded with the radar detection logic which can trigger a
segmentation fault. To fix this, avoid proceeding the radar detection
event if iface->current_mode is NULL.

Signed-off-by: Seevalamuthu Mariappan <seevalam@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-03 17:10:31 +02:00
Sachin Shelke
21f835e640 SAE: Allow SAE-only network profile with sae_password to be written
The commit a34ca59e (SAE: Allow SAE password to be configured separately
(STA)) added sae_password configuration option. We should also consider
sae_password in the wpa_config_write() function which stores the valid
network block details to an external database.

Fixes: a34ca59e4d ("SAE: Allow SAE password to be configured separately (STA)")
Signed-off-by: Sachin Shelke <sachin.shelke@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <xiaohua.luo@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganapathi Bhat <ganapathi.bhat@nxp.com>
2020-03-02 11:49:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5bad300565 privsep: Mask out control port capability flag
There is no support for using the control port for sending out EAPOL
frames through privsep yet, so mask out this capability to fall back to
the l2_packet based design.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-01 21:31:07 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
c1a6b1e47e privsep: Add key_flag to set_key()
Pass through the new key_flag to wpa_priv.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-01 21:11:07 +02:00
Ilan Peer
101da59aa2 common: Add support for element defragmentation
Add support for element defragmentation as defined in IEEE
P802.11-REVmd/D3.0, 10.28.12 (Element defragmentation).

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2020-02-29 23:56:15 +02:00
Ilan Peer
e636bc855f WPA: Rename FILS wrapped data
IEEE P802.11az/D2.0 renamed the FILS Wrapped Data element,
removing the FILS prefix. Change the code accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2020-02-29 23:30:55 +02:00
Ilan Peer
94773d40fa crypto: Add a function to get the ECDH prime length
crypto_ecdh_prime_len() can now be used to fetch the length (in octets)
of the prime used in ECDH.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2020-02-29 23:26:26 +02:00
Ilan Peer
e8ae97aebe nl80211: Allow TX status for Authentication frames
To support PASN authentication flow, where Authentication frames are
sent by wpa_supplicant using the send_mlme() callback, modify the logic
to also send EVENT_TX_STATUS for Authentication frames.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2020-02-29 23:18:28 +02:00
Ilan Peer
c4988e73c0 driver: Extend send_mlme() with wait option
PASN authentication can be performed while a station interface is
connected to an AP. To allow sending PASN frames while connected, extend
the send_mlme() driver callback to also allow a wait option. Update the
relevant drivers and wpa_supplicant accordingly.

hostapd calls for send_mlme() are left unchanged, since the wait option
is not required there.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2020-02-29 23:03:20 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
d046f2a9f9 nl80211: Register for SAE Authentication frames more strictly
If the driver requires external SAE authentication, it would result in
registration for all Authentication frames, so even non-SAE
Authentication frames might be forwarded to user space instead of being
handled internally. Fix this by using a more strict match pattern,
limiting the registration to the SAE authentication algorithm only.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2020-02-29 22:55:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
200c7693c9 Make WEP functionality an optional build parameter
WEP should not be used for anything anymore. As a step towards removing
it completely, move all WEP related functionality to be within
CONFIG_WEP blocks. This will be included in builds only if CONFIG_WEP=y
is explicitly set in build configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-29 17:45:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bca44f4e4e WPS: Remove static-WEP-only workaround
WEP provisioning was removed from WPS v2, so this workaround
functionality has not been applicable. Remove it completely.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-29 16:56:44 +02:00
Neo Jou
b7f1d4f4d6 ACS: Allow hw_mode=any to be used with internal ACS algorithm
This was already supported in the offload ACS case and this commit
completes support for this with the internal ACS algorithm.

Signed-off-by: Neo Jou <neojou@gmail.com>
2020-02-29 11:23:03 +02:00
Neo Jou
d07f1ade90 ACS: Determine mode when using hw_mode=any
Set iface->current_mode and iface->conf->hw_mode when completing ACS
based on the selected channel in the hw_mode=any case.

Signed-off-by: Neo Jou <neojou@gmail.com>
2020-02-29 11:23:03 +02:00
Neo Jou
c60362e6e8 ACS: Extend acs_find_ideal_chan() to support multiple modes
This is preparation for being able to support hw_mode=any to select the
best channel from any supported mode.

Signed-off-by: Neo Jou <neojou@gmail.com>
2020-02-29 11:23:03 +02:00
Neo Jou
141a8815e7 ACS: Extend acs_request_scan() to support multiple modes
Add suitable channel frequencies from all modes into the scan parameters
when a single mode is not specified for ACS. This is preparation for
being able to support hw_mode=any to select the best channel from any
supported mode.

Signed-off-by: Neo Jou <neojou@gmail.com>
2020-02-29 11:23:03 +02:00
Neo Jou
f3c44a196f ACS: Extend interference factor calculation for all modes
This is preparation for being able to support hw_mode=any to select the
best channel from any supported mode.

Signed-off-by: Neo Jou <neojou@gmail.com>
2020-02-29 11:23:03 +02:00
Neo Jou
070522e5b2 ACS: Extend acs_find_chan() for all modes
This is preparation for being able to support hw_mode=any to select the
best channel from any supported mode.

Signed-off-by: Neo Jou <neojou@gmail.com>
2020-02-29 11:23:03 +02:00
Neo Jou
4c1ffb45e4 ACS: Extend acs_surveys_are_sufficient() for all modes
This is preparation for being able to support hw_mode=any to select the
best channel from any supported mode.

Signed-off-by: Neo Jou <neojou@gmail.com>
2020-02-29 11:23:03 +02:00
Neo Jou
3d09be41a8 ACS: Clear all modes in acs_cleanup()
This is preparation for being able to support hw_mode=any to select the
best channel from any supported mode.

Signed-off-by: Neo Jou <neojou@gmail.com>
2020-02-29 11:23:03 +02:00
Neo Jou
499c37b729 ACS: Extend hostapd_get_mode_channel() to find from any mode
This is preparation for being able to support hw_mode=any to select the
best channel from any supported mode.

Signed-off-by: Neo Jou <neojou@gmail.com>
2020-02-29 11:23:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a62d761856 ACS: Fix spelling of "interference"
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-29 11:23:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
167205d455 os_unix: Seed random() for os_random()
While the users of os_random() do not really need strong pseudo random
numebrs, there is no significant harm in seeding random() with data from
os_get_random(), i.e., /dev/urandom, to get different sequence of not so
strong pseudo random values from os_random() for each time the process
is started.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-28 22:59:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
74db49d74c SAE: Do not use PMKSA entry after its reauth threshold
Since SAE PMK can be updated only by going through a new SAE
authentication instead of being able to update it during an association
like EAP authentication, do not allow PMKSA entries to be used for
caching after the reauthentication threshold has been reached. This
allows the PMK to be updated without having to force a disassociation
when the PMK expires if the station roams between the reauthentication
threshold and expiration timeout.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-28 18:41:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bb93ea234e SAE: Do not clone PMKSA entry for OKC after its reauth threshold
Since SAE PMK can be updated only by going through a new SAE
authentication instead of being able to update it during an association
like EAP authentication, do not allow PMKSA entries to be used for OKC
after the reauthentication threshold has been reached. This allows the
PMK to be updated without having to force a disassociation when the PMK
expires if the station roams between the reauthentication threshold and
expiration timeout.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-28 18:41:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
114d124186 SAE: Fix PMKID derivation for OKC
SAE authentication derives PMKID differently from the EAP cases. The
value comes from information exchanged during SAE authentication and
does not bind in the MAC addresses of the STAs. As such, the same PMKID
is used with different BSSIDs. Fix both the hostapd and wpa_supplicant
to use the previous PMKID as is for OKC instead of deriving a new PMKID
using an incorrect derivation method when using an SAE AKM.

This fixes use of opportunistic key caching with SAE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-28 18:41:20 +02:00
Andrej Shadura
3f10f716af common: Provide the BIT() macro locally
wpa_ctrl.h can be installed separately with libwpa_client, so
utils/common.h won't be available to its users.

Signed-off-by: Andrej Shadura <andrew.shadura@collabora.co.uk>
2020-02-28 11:03:05 +02:00
Krishna Rao
b8f6b0713a Add attribute for dwell time in QCA vendor scan
Add an attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_SCAN_DWELL_TIME for specifying
dwell time in the QCA vendor scan command. This is a common value which
applies across all frequencies requested in the scan.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-26 23:47:37 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
ec303e2cb1 Introduce QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_ROAM_REASON
This attribute enables/disables the host driver to send roam reason
information in the Reassociation Request frame to the AP in the same
ESS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-24 20:17:00 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
34640a88d8 Fix enum qca_wlan_vendor_attr_config value prefix
Couple of the attributes were defined with inconsistent prefix in the
name (missing "CONFIG_"). Fix these to use the common prefix for all
enum qca_wlan_vendor_attr_config values. Add defined values for the
incorrect names to avoid issues with existing users.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-24 20:16:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f1d3856090 nl80211: Beacon protection capability flag and default key type
Add a new capability flag based on the nl80211 feature advertisement and
start using the new default key type for Beacon protection. This enables
AP mode functionality to allow Beacon protection to be enabled. This is
also enabling the previously added ap_pmf_beacon_protection_* hwsim test
cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-24 12:20:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2e34f6a53f Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2020-02-24.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-24 12:20:05 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
8a1660b607 common: Add missing driver flag strings
Add SAFE_PTK0_REKEYS and some other missing strings.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-02-23 23:53:29 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
4b04223f24 hostapd: Replace UDP ctrl_iface global cookies with per-instance ones
The cookie values for UDP control interface commands was defined as a
static global array. This did not allow multi-BSS test cases to be
executed with UDP control interface. For example, after
    hapd1 = hostapd.add_bss(apdev[0], ifname1, 'bss-1.conf')
    hapd2 = hostapd.add_bss(apdev[0], ifname2, 'bss-2.conf')

hapd1->ping() did not work.

Move those cookie values to per-instance location in struct
hapd_interfaces and struct hostapd_data to fix this.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@gmail.com>
2020-02-23 17:48:34 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
1f90a49d02 STA: Allow PTK rekeying without Ext KeyID to be disabled as a workaround
Rekeying a pairwise key using only keyid 0 (PTK0 rekey) has many broken
implementations and should be avoided when using or interacting with
one. The effects can be triggered by either end of the connection and
range from hardly noticeable disconnects over long connection freezes up
to leaking clear text MPDUs.

To allow affected users to mitigate the issues, add a new configuration
option "wpa_deny_ptk0_rekey" to replace all PTK0 rekeys with fast
reconnects.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-02-23 13:05:19 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
1a7963e36f AP: Allow PTK rekeying without Ext KeyID to be disabled as a workaround
Rekeying a pairwise key using only keyid 0 (PTK0 rekey) has many broken
implementations and should be avoided when using or interacting with
one. The effects can be triggered by either end of the connection and
range from hardly noticeable disconnects over long connection freezes up
to leaking clear text MPDUs.

To allow affected users to mitigate the issues, add a new hostapd
configuration option "wpa_deny_ptk0_rekey" to replace all PTK0 rekeys
with disconnection. This requires the station to reassociate to get
connected again and as such, can result in connectivity issues as well.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-02-23 12:22:49 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
35da7c20ac nl80211: Add driver capability flag for CAN_REPLACE_PTK0
The CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag provided by nl80211 can be used to detect if
the card/driver is explicitly indicating capability to rekey STA PTK
keys using only keyid 0 correctly.

Check if the card/driver supports it and make the status available as a
driver flag.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-02-23 12:00:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7b26238d46 Do not skip MBO PMF check with the WPS special case WPA check exception
The MBO PMF check for AP SME in the driver case was added into a
location that is skipped for WPS processing. That was not really the
correct place for this since the skip_wpa_check label was supposed to
remain immediately following the WPA checks. While this does not really
have much of a practical impact, move the check around so that the
skip_wpa_check label remains where it is supposed to be.

Fixes: 4c572281ed ("MBO: Mandate use of PMF for WPA2+MBO association (AP)")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-22 19:20:44 +02:00
Ouden
fae7e64aa3 Save RM enabled capability of station with AP SME
Save RM enabled capability element of an associating station when
hostapd use the device AP SME similarly to how this information is saved
with SME-on-hostapd cases. This allows radio measurement operations
(e.g., REQ_BEACON) to be used.

Signed-off-by: Ouden <Ouden.Biz@gmail.com>
2020-02-22 19:20:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1074d42416 Fix a typo in a comment
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-22 19:20:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8fe7ec6640 Remove Secondary Channel Offset element from Beacon/Probe Response frames
This element is not used in Beacon or Probe Response frames (which is
the reason why the standard does not indicate where exactly it would be
in those frames..); HT Operation element has this information and so
does Extended CSA element.

In practice, this reverts the functionality added in commit 76aab0305c
("Add secondary channel IE for CSA").

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-22 19:20:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7f1529d2a5 Fix HE element order in Beacon and Probe Response frames
Spatial Reuse Parameter Set element is before MU EDCA Parameter Set
element.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-22 19:20:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f3bcd69603 Remove CONFIG_IEEE80211N build option
Hardcoded CONFIG_IEEE80211N to be included to clean up implementation.
More or less all new devices support IEEE 802.11n (HT) and there is not
much need for being able to remove that functionality from the build.
Included this unconditionally to get rid of one more build options and
to keep things simpler.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-22 19:20:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
640d59942b Fix location of MDE and RSNXE in Beacon and Probe Response frames
Split the IEs from WPA authenticator state machine into separately added
IEs so that the exact location between these and other elements can be
controlled. This fixes the location of MDE and RSNXE in Beacon and Probe
Response frames. In addition, this swaps the order of BSS Load and RM
Enabled Capabilities elements in Beacon frames to get them into the
correct order (which was already used for Probe Response frames).
Furthermore, this fixes the buffer end checks for couple of elements to
make the implementation more consistent (though, in practice, there is
no impact from this since the old size limit was smaller than needed,
but still sufficiently large to have room for these).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-22 19:20:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2d4c78aef7 Configure received BIGTK on station/supplicant side
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-18 00:18:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ecbf59e693 wpa_supplicant configuration for Beacon protection
Add a new wpa_supplicant network profile configuration parameter
beacon_prot=<0/1> to allow Beacon protection to be enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-18 00:18:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
16889aff40 Add BIGTK KDE and subelement similarly to IGTK
This provides the BIGTK updates to associated stations similarly to
IGTK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-17 23:48:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
555dcd75ce Generate BIGTK and rekey it with IGTK
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-17 23:48:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
323d06187a Parsing of BIGTK KDE in EAPOL-Key frames
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-17 23:48:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3937378abe Parsing of BIGTK subelement in FTE
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-17 23:48:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d2e77310dc driver: Document use of set_key() for BIGTK
Also update the comment to match the current IGTK KeyID range.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-17 23:48:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c1df321b6c AP mode indication of Beacon protection being enabled
Add the new Extended Capability bit for indicating Beacon protection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-17 23:48:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
92d407dbd6 hostapd configuration for Beacon protection
Add a new hostapd configuration parameter beacon_prot=<0/1> to allow
Beacon protection to be enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-17 23:48:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cb86e8bac8 nl80211: Remove an extra closing parenthesis from a debug message
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-17 23:48:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
46cb046500 nl80211: Check nla_nest_start() result for NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD
nla_nest_start() might fail, so need to check its return value similarly
to all the other callers.

Fixes: a84bf44388 ("HE: Send the AP's OBSS PD settings to the kernel")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-17 19:30:47 +02:00
John Crispin
0b0ee0f15e HE: Propagate BSS color settings to nl80211
Add the code required to send the BSS color settings to the kernel.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-02-17 19:28:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dd74ddd0df nl80211: Handle AKM suite selectors for AP configuration
Previously only couple of AKM suite selectors were converted into
NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES. Add rest of the AKM suites here. However, since
the current kernel interface has a very small limit
(NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES = 2), add the attribute only when no more
than that limit entries are included. cfg80211 would reject the command
with any more entries listed.

This needs to be extended in cfg80211/nl80211 in a backwards compatible
manner, so this seems to be the best that can be done for now in user
space. Many drivers do not use this attribute, so must not reject the
configuration completely when larger number of AKM suites is configured.
Such cases may not work properly with drivers that depend on
NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-17 17:47:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
139f6deaff Remove duplicated wpa_akm_to_suite() entry
This was unreachable code due to the previous WPA_KEY_MGTM_OWE case
returning from the function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-17 17:41:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
10655d1bc2 nl80211: Add NLA_F_NESTED to nla_nest_start() with older libnl versions
This is needed to work around a missing attribute that would cause
cfg80211 to reject some nl80211 commands (e.g.,
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA) with new kernel versions that enforce netlink
attribute policy validation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-17 17:25:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5db5290ab4 webkit: Clean up USE_WEBKIT2 blocks
Use a single block each for webkit and webkit2 signal handlers. This
cleans up browser.c to have clear sections for each webkit API version.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-16 19:21:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
26ad26c8cf webkit2: Split decide-policy into a separate function
This cleans up the #ifdef/#else/#endif mess in the function for webkit
vs. webkit2 API.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-16 19:21:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
02ed737eee webkit2: Split resource-load-started handler into a separate function
This cleans up the #ifdef/#else/#endif mess in the function for webkit
vs. webkit2 API.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-16 19:15:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7de8bd508f webkit: Track gtk_main()/gtk_main_quit() calls
Avoid unnecessary warnings from webkit on calling gtk_main_quit() more
than once for a single gtk_main() call. This is also fixing an issue for
a corner case where the very first URL has special purpose (osu:// or
http://localhost:12345).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-16 19:15:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
de0a8906f2 webkit2: Remove TODO not for download-started
It does not look like this signal handler would be needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-16 19:15:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ae07bc46ce webkit2: Do not register notify::load-status handler
This did not seem to do anything with webkit2, so do not bother
registering the handler.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-16 19:15:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9ea9d18de7 webkit2: Replace notfy::progress with notify::estimated-load-progress
The older signal handler for notify::progress did not really work with
webkit2.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-16 19:15:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c0c4685d50 webkit2: Implement notify::title handler
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-16 19:15:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ffeafc0872 webkit2: Use mouse-target-changed to replace hovering-over-link
The previous implementation of hovering-over-link signal handler did not
really work with webkit2, so replace this with mouse-target-changed
handler.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-16 19:14:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
61bf9819c1 hs20_web_browser() to allow TLS server validation to be enabled
hs20_web_browser() was previously hardcoded to not perform strict TLS
server validation. Add an argument to this function to allow that
behavior to be configured. The hs20-osu-client users are still using the
old behavior, i.e., not validating server certificates, to be usable for
testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-16 17:40:52 +02:00
Ben Greear
921ea4962e hs20-osu-client: Ignore TLS errors with webkit2
Hopefully this helps with self-signed certificates. This matches the
older behavior with webkit.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2020-02-16 17:40:52 +02:00
Ben Greear
b4b1b122e8 hs20-osu-client: Enable webkit2 support
This is my mostly-ignorant attempt to port hs20-osu-client to webkit2
API.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2020-02-16 17:40:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
466e48dcd7 HT: Remove SMPS in AP mode
SM Power Save was described in somewhat unclear manner in IEEE Std
802.11n-2009 as far the use of it locally in an AP to save power. That
was clarified in IEEE Std 802.11-2016 to allow only a non-AP STA to use
SMPS while the AP is required to support an associated STA doing so. The
AP itself cannot use SMPS locally and the HT Capability advertisement
for this is not appropriate.

Remove the parts of SMPS support that involve the AP using it locally.
In practice, this reverts the following commits:
04ee647d58 ("HT: Let the driver advertise its supported SMPS modes for AP mode")
8f461b50cf ("HT: Pass the smps_mode in AP parameters")
da1080d721 ("nl80211: Advertise and configure SMPS modes")

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-16 13:58:54 +02:00
Mikhail Karpenko
8de0ff0fa1 HE: Add TWT responder extended capabilities field
Set the proper bits inside the extended capabilities field to indicate
support for TWT responder.

Tested-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Karpenko <karpenko@fastmail.com>
2020-02-16 12:41:24 +02:00
John Crispin
ab8c55358e HE: Dynamically turn on TWT responder support
This allows us to dynamically turn on TWT responder support using an
nl80211 attribute.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-02-16 12:37:47 +02:00
John Crispin
0cb39f4fd5 HE: Extend BSS color support
The HE Operation field for BSS color consists of a disabled, a partial,
and 6 color bits. The original commit adding support for BSS color
considered this to be a u8. This commit changes this to the actual
bits/values.

This adds an explicit config parameter for the partial bit. The disabled
is set to 0 implicitly if a bss_color is defined.

Interoperability testing showed that stations will require a BSS color
to be set even if the feature is disabled. Hence the default color is 1
when none is defined inside the config file.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2020-02-16 12:32:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
458162a271 Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2020-02-07.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-16 12:06:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
981b96caa9 WPS: Mark added PSK entry with wps=1 tag for per-Enrollee PSK case
Commit 2bab073dfe ("WPS: Add new PSK entries with wps=1 tag") added
this when writing the new entry into a file, but the in-memory update
did not get the tag. Add it there as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-16 11:54:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2bab073dfe WPS: Add new PSK entries with wps=1 tag
Now that hostapd wpa_psk_file has a new tag for identifying PSKs that
can be used with WPS, add that tag to new entries for PSKs from WPS.
This makes it clearer where the PSK came from and in addition, this
allows the same PSK to be assigned if the same Enrollee goes through WPS
provisioning again.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-15 17:37:27 +02:00
Tomasz Jankowski
fde8e79463 WPS: Make it possible to use PSKs loaded from the PSK file
By default, when configuration file set wpa_psk_file, hostapd generated
a random PSK for each Enrollee provisioned using WPS and appended that
PSK to wpa_psk_file.

Changes that behavior by adding a new step. WPS will first try to use a
PSK from wpa_psk_file. It will only try PSKs with wps=1 tag.
Additionally it'll try to match enrollee's MAC address (if provided). If
it fails to find an appropriate PSK, it falls back to generating a new
PSK.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Jankowski <tomasz.jankowski@plume.com>
2020-02-15 17:28:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b1977a652d WPS: Use PMK_LEN instead of hardcoded 32
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-15 17:27:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b27ed050db Do not split strings into multiple lines
Convert hostapd_config_read_wpa_psk() to the newer style of not
splitting strings into multiple lines.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-15 17:12:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
838180877f Use PMK_LEN macro instead of hardcoded value 64 (= 2 * 32)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-15 17:11:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f5da5810c9 Check pbkdf2_sha1() result when generating PSK from PSK file
This function can fail in theory, so check the return value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-15 17:10:08 +02:00
Sergey Matyukevich
e7d8842e6b OWE: Rename owe_assoc_req_process() parameter reason to status
In the function owe_assoc_req_process(), values assigned to the reason
argument imply that it should be renamed to status. Rename 'reason' to
'status' and modify the uses of owe_assoc_req_process() accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
2020-02-15 16:46:32 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
877d9a02b0 Additional get_sta_info attrs for Beacon/Probe Response/disconnect reasons
This commit adds new attributes for getting the Probe Response frame
IEs, Beacon frame IEs and the disconnection reason codes through
get_sta_info vendor command.

The host driver shall give this driver specific reason code through
the disconnection reason code attribute
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_GET_STA_DRIVER_DISCONNECT_REASON.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-13 18:47:50 +02:00
Sachin Ahuja
8162d98f2e Introduce QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_DRIVER_DISCONNECT_REASON
This acts as an event from the host driver to the user space to notify
the driver specific reason for a disconnection. The host driver
initiates the disconnection for various scenarios (beacon miss, Tx
Failures, gateway unreachability, etc.) and the reason codes from
cfg80211_disconnected() do not carry these driver specific reason codes.
Host drivers should trigger this event immediately prior to triggering
cfg80211_disconnected() to allow the user space to correlate the driver
specific reason code with the disconnect indication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-13 18:47:48 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
32551066b8 Introduce QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_UPDATE_STA_INFO
This acts as a vendor event and is used to update the information
of a station from the driver to userspace.

Add an attribute for the driver to update the channels scanned in
the last connect/roam attempt.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-13 18:46:39 +02:00
Vamsi Krishna
dae85e655c P2P: Increase number of channels per operating class
Some of the operating classes added in the 6 GHz band have a larger
number of channels included in them (e.g., operating class 131 has 59
channels). Increase the maximum number of channels per operating class
so that all channels will get populated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-12 23:17:24 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
5551317834 Introduce QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_BEACON_REPORT_FAIL
This attribute aims to configure the STA to send the Beacon Report
Response with failure reason for the scenarios where the Beacon Report
Request cannot be handled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-12 21:19:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
de08fae66a DPP: Do not require dpp_configurator_params to start with a space
This ugly hack for being able to search for optional arguments with
space before them was quite inconvenient and unexpected. Clean this up
by handling this mess internally with a memory allocation and string
duplication if needed so that the users of wpa_supplicant control
interface do not need to care about such details.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-11 06:43:02 +02:00
Vamsi Krishna
490d90db40 Define macro BIT() in qca_vendor.h
As qca_vendor.h alone can be included by other applications, define
macro BIT() in qca_vendor.h itself if not yet defined, e.g., by
including utils/common.h before qca_vendor.h.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-11 04:59:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9a0edf1700 wlantest: Add PTK derivation support with SAE, OWE, DPP
wlantest build did not define build options to determine key management
values for SAE, OWE, and DPP. Add those and the needed SHA512 functions
to be able to decrypt sniffer captures with PMK available from an
external source.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-10 21:58:10 +02:00
Markus Theil
96a2a9a88b Send RM Enabled Capabilities element in (Re)Association Response frame
(Re)Association Response frames should include radio measurement
capabilities in order to let stations know if they can, e.g., use
neighbor requests.

I tested this commit with a Samsung S8, which does not send neighbor
requests without this commit and sends them afterwards.

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-02-10 06:51:42 +02:00
Matthew Wang
23dc196fde Check for FT support when selecting FT suites
A driver supports FT if it either supports SME or the
NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES command. When selecting AKM suites,
wpa_supplicant currently doesn't take into account whether or not either
of those conditions are met. This can cause association failures, e.g.,
when an AP supports both WPA-EAP and FT-EAP but the driver doesn't
support FT (wpa_supplicant will decide to do FT-EAP since it is unaware
the driver doesn't support it). This change allows an FT suite to be
selected only when the driver also supports FT.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
2020-02-10 06:43:38 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
85f3ab758e Replace deprecated readdir_r() with readdir()
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2020-02-10 06:40:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
641d79f165 SAE: Special test mode sae_pwe=3 for looping with password identifier
The new sae_pwe=3 mode can be used to test non-compliant behavior with
SAE Password Identifiers. This can be used to force use of
hunting-and-pecking loop for PWE derivation when Password Identifier is
used. This is not allowed by the standard and as such, this
functionality is aimed at compliance testing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-10 05:13:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c248ebaf4f DPP: Fix encryptedContent DER encoding
This was not supposed to set the constructed bit in the header. Fix this
to avoid parsing issues with other ASN.1 DER parsers.

Fixes: c025c2eb59 ("DPP: DPPEnvelopedData generation for Configurator backup")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-08 07:19:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e2b1e7dce7 DPP: Require conf=configurator to allow Configurator provisioning
Make Configurator provisioning require explicit conf parameter enabling
similarly to the previously used conf=ap-* and conf=sta-* cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-08 07:19:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1ba4a10a07 DPP: Initialize conf_resp_status to non-OK
This avoids unexpected behavior if GAS query fails and the Config
Response does not get processed at all. Previously, this could result in
configuration being assumed to be successful instead of failure when
Config Response object was not received at all. That could result in
undesired Config Result frame transmission with DPP Rel 2 and not
clearing the ongoing DPP session.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-08 07:19:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
18714af2d8 DPP: Ignore unexpected duplicated Authentication Confirm
Previously, unexpected Authentication Confirm messages were ignored in
cases where no Authentication Confirm message was expected at all, but
if this message was received twice in a state where it was expected, the
duplicated version was also processed. This resulted in unexpected
behavior when authentication result was processed multiple times (e.g.,
two instances of GAS client could have been started).

Fix this by checking auth->waiting_auth_conf before processing
Authetication Confirm. That boolean was already tracked, but it was used
only for other purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-08 07:19:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8f8473cebb SAE: Fix peer-commit-scalar reuse check
Only one peer-commit-scalar value was stored for a specific STA (i.e.,
one per MAC address) and that value got replaced when the next SAE
Authentication exchange was started. This ended up breaking the check
against re-use of peer-commit-scalar from an Accepted instance when
anti-clogging token was requested. The first SAE commit message (the one
without anti-clogging token) ended up overwriting the cached
peer-commit-scalar value while leaving that instance in Accepted state.
The second SAE commit message (with anti-clogging token) added ended up
getting rejected if it used the same value again (and re-use is expected
in this particular case where the value was not used in Accepted
instance).

Fix this by using a separate pointer for storing the peer-commit-scalar
value that was used in an Accepted instance. There is no need to
allocate memory for two values, i.e., it is sufficient to maintain
separate pointers to the value and move the stored value to the special
Accepted state pointer when moving to the Accepted state.

This fixes issues where a peer STA ends up running back-to-back SAE
authentication within couple of seconds, i.e., without hostapd timing
out the STA entry for a case where anti-clogging token is required.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-08 07:19:53 +02:00
Qiwei Cai
c4bab72d96 Use secondary channel provided by ACS for HT40 if valid
Previously, hostapd ignored the secondary channel provided by ACS if
both HT40+ and HT40- are set in hostapd.conf. This change selects such
channel for HT40 if it's valid, which is more reasonable.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-03 02:03:32 +02:00
Ben Greear
16b789eefc Fix wmm compile on fedora-17 (gcc 4.7.2)
I guess this compiler does not like to initialize arrays with brackets?

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2020-02-03 02:03:32 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
d240c74b6a nl80211: Fix regulatory limits for WMM cwmin/cwmax values
The internal WMM AC parameters use just the exponent of the CW value,
while nl80211 reports the full CW value. This led to completely bogus
CWmin/CWmax values in the WMM IE when a regulatory limit was present.
Fix this by converting the value to the exponent before passing it on.

Fixes: 636c02c6e9 ("nl80211: Add regulatory wmm_limit to hostapd_channel_data")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-02-03 02:03:32 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
bc1289b076 nl80211: Fix WMM queue mapping for regulatory limit
nl80211 uses a different queue mapping from hostap, so AC indexes need
to be converted.

Fixes: 636c02c6e9 ("nl80211: Add regulatory wmm_limit to hostapd_channel_data")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-02-03 02:03:32 +02:00
Roy Marples
b2b7f8dcfa BSD: Fix the maximum size of a route(4) msg to 2048
The size of a single route(4) message cannot be derived from
either the size of the AF_INET or AF_INET6 routing tables.
Both could be empty or very large.

As such revert back to a buffer size of 2048 which mirrors
other programs which parse the routing socket.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2020-02-02 21:47:03 +02:00
Roy Marples
25c247684f BSD: Remove an outdated comment
With interface matching support, wpa_supplicant can wait for an
interface to appear.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2020-02-02 21:46:57 +02:00
Roy Marples
d807e289db BSD: Don't set or remove IFF_UP
Now that both hostapd and wpa_supplicant react to interface flag
changes, there is no need to set or remove IFF_UP.

It should be an administrative flag only.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2020-02-02 21:46:53 +02:00
Roy Marples
4692e87b25 BSD: Share route(4) processing with hostapd and wpa_supplicant.
There is little point in having both and it brings interface
addition/removal and IFF_UP notifications to hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2020-02-02 21:44:23 +02:00
Roy Marples
d20b34b439 BSD: Driver does not need to know about both wpa and hostap contexts
It will either be one or the other.
Fold hapd into ctx to match other drivers.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2020-02-02 21:44:23 +02:00
Ouden
aad414e956 nl80211: Fix send_mlme for SAE external auth
When external authentication is used, the station send mlme frame (auth)
to the driver may not be able to get the frequency (bss->freq) after
hostap.git commit b6f8b5a9 ("nl80211: Update freq only when CSA
completes"). Use the assoc_freq to send the MLME frame when SAE external
authentication is used to avoid this issue.

Signed-off-by: Ouden <Ouden.Biz@gmail.com>
2020-02-02 21:38:51 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
1a9d270d41 Additional stats through QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_STA_INFO
This commit introduces additional stats to query through
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_UPDATE_STA_INFO.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-31 23:46:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c025c2eb59 DPP: DPPEnvelopedData generation for Configurator backup
This adds support for generating an encrypted backup of the local
Configurator information for the purpose of enrolling a new
Configurator. This includes all ASN.1 construction and data encryption,
but the configuration and connector template values in
dpp_build_conf_params() are not yet complete.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-31 23:32:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d9e320054 DPP: Received Configurator backup processing
Add local Configurator instance for each received Configurator backup.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-31 23:16:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea91ddb08a DPP: DPPEnvelopedData parsing for Configurator backup/restore
Process the received DPPEnvelopedData when going through Configurator
provisioning as the Enrollee (the new Configurator). This parses the
message, derives the needed keys, and decrypts the Configurator
parameters. This commit stores the received information in
auth->conf_key_pkg, but the actually use of that information to create a
new Configurator instance will be handled in a separate commit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-31 23:16:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
31b5950d0b ASN.1: Helper functions for building DER encoded data
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-31 23:16:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ce1f477397 ASN.1: More OID definitions
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-31 23:16:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8006742fa3 ASN.1: Add a helper for parsing AlgorithmIdentifier
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-30 15:23:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f7f2843c45 ASN.1: Add a helper for parsing SEQUENCE
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-30 12:12:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3393d94d02 ASN.1: Add a helper for parsing INTEGER
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-30 12:00:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5e98998ec1 DPP2: Add Protocol Version attr to Auth Resp only if peer is R2 or newer
There is no need for the Protocol Version attribute in Authentication
Response if the peer is a DPP R1 device since such device would not know
how to use this attribute. To reduce risk for interoperability issues,
add this new attribute only if the peer included it in Authentication
Request.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-29 01:00:23 +02:00
Krishna Rao
505797b458 Add a vendor attribute for RTPL instance primary frequency
Add an attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_RTPLINST_PRIMARY_FREQUENCY for
primary channel center frequency in the definition for Representative
Tx Power List (RTPL) list entry instance. This is required for 6 GHz
support, since the 6 GHz channel numbers overlap with existing 2.4 GHz
and 5 GHz channel numbers thus requiring frequency values to uniquely
identify channels.

Mark QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_RTPLINST_PRIMARY as deprecated if both the
driver and user space application support 6 GHz. For backward
compatibility, QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_RTPLINST_PRIMARY is still used if
either the driver or user space application or both do not support the
6 GHz band.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-28 20:48:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
76162b1828 TLS: Fix bounds checking in certificate policy parser
The recent addition of the X.509v3 certificatePolicies parser had a
copy-paste issue on the inner SEQUENCE parser that ended up using
incorrect length for the remaining buffer. Fix that to calculate the
remaining length properly to avoid reading beyond the end of the buffer
in case of corrupted input data.

Credit to OSS-Fuzz: https://bugs.chromium.org/p/oss-fuzz/issues/detail?id=20363
Fixes: d165b32f38 ("TLS: TOD-STRICT and TOD-TOFU certificate policies")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-28 14:21:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
566972fd6f DPP: Show selected negotiation channel in DPP_BOOTSTRAP_INFO
Make the selected channel available for upper layer software to use,
e.g., when starting DPP listen operation during NFC negotiated
connection handover.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-27 20:36:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5e287724ee DPP: NFC negotiated connection handover
Add new control interface commands "DPP_NFC_HANDOVER_REQ own=<id>
uri=<URI>" and "DPP_NFC_HANDOVER_SEL own=<id> uri=<URI>" to support NFC
negotiated connection handover. These commands are used to report a DPP
URI received from a peer NFC Device in Handover Request and Handover
Select messages. The commands return peer bootstrapping information ID
or FAIL on failure. The returned ID is used similarly to any other
bootstrapping information to initiate DPP authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-27 20:36:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2bbe6ad3aa DPP: Helper function for bootstrapping URI generation
The new dpp_gen_uri() helper function can be used to build the
bootstrapping URI from locally stored information. This can be used to
make it easier to update the URI, e.g., for NFC negotiated connection
handover cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-27 20:36:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
12da39b389 crypto: Allow up to 10 fragments for hmac_sha*_vector()
This increases the limit of how many data fragments can be supported
with the internal HMAC implementation. The previous limit was hit with
some FT use cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-26 17:04:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d165b32f38 TLS: TOD-STRICT and TOD-TOFU certificate policies
Add parsing of certificate policies for TOD-STRICT and TOD-TOFU when
using CONFIG_TLS=internal.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-26 16:44:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cd66b8295c TLS: Fix a typo in a debug message
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-26 12:50:44 +02:00
Ashish Kumar Dhanotiya
a629409047 Add vendor interface QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_REQUEST_SAR_LIMITS_EVENT
This commit introduces the vendor event
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_REQUEST_SAR_LIMITS_EVENT.
Host drivers can request user space application to set SAR power
limits with this event.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-24 20:48:14 +02:00
Vamsi Krishna
0ecf735631 Add new QCA vendor attribute to set thermal level
Add a new QCA vendor attribute to set thermal level to the driver from
userspace. The driver/firmware takes actions requested by userspace to
mitigate high temperature such as throttling TX etc. The driver may
choose the level of throttling and other actions for various thermal
levels set by userspace.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-24 20:45:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8b138d2826 OWE: PTK derivation workaround in STA mode
Initial OWE implementation used SHA256 when deriving the PTK for all OWE
groups. This was supposed to change to SHA384 for group 20 and SHA512
for group 21. The new owe_ptk_workaround=1 network parameter can be used
to enable older behavior mainly for testing purposes. There is no impact
to group 19 behavior, but if enabled, this will make group 20 and 21
cases use SHA256-based PTK derivation which will not work with the
updated OWE implementation on the AP side.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-24 00:47:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
65a44e849a OWE: PTK derivation workaround in AP mode
Initial OWE implementation used SHA256 when deriving the PTK for all OWE
groups. This was supposed to change to SHA384 for group 20 and SHA512
for group 21. The new owe_ptk_workaround parameter can be used to enable
workaround for interoperability with stations that use SHA256 with
groups 20 and 21. By default, only the appropriate hash function is
accepted. When workaround is enabled (owe_ptk_workaround=1), the
appropriate hash function is tried first and if that fails, SHA256-based
PTK derivation is attempted. This workaround can result in reduced
security for groups 20 and 21, but is required for interoperability with
older implementations. There is no impact to group 19 behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-24 00:47:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bd50805e40 OWE: Select KDF hash algorithm based on the length of the prime
Previous implementation was hardcoding use of SHA256 PMK-to-PTK
derivation for all groups. Replace that with hash algorithm selection
based on the length of the prime similarly to the way this was done for
other derivation steps in OWE.

This breaks backwards compatibility when using group 20 or 21; group 19
behavior remains same.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-24 00:47:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d445cd394 Fix a typo in a comment
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-24 00:08:10 +02:00
Vamsi Krishna
1011c79900 Do not enable HT/VHT for 6 GHz band 20 MHz width channels also
The previous commit had a rebasing issue that ended up covering only the
center_segment0 != 0 case. These were supposed to apply for all 6 GHz
band cases.

Fixes: 0bfc04b8d0 ("Do not enable HT/VHT when operating in 6 GHz band")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-23 16:10:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5e32fb0170 SAE: Use Anti-Clogging Token Container element with H2E
IEEE P802.11-REVmd was modified to use a container IE for anti-clogging
token whenver H2E is used so that parsing of the SAE Authentication
frames can be simplified.

See this document for more details of the approved changes:
https://mentor.ieee.org/802.11/dcn/19/11-19-2154-02-000m-sae-anti-clogging-token.docx

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-21 13:13:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e36a5894d0 SAE: Use H2E whenever Password Identifier is used
IEEE P802.11-REVmd was modified to require H2E to be used whenever
Password Identifier is used with SAE.

See this document for more details of the approved changes:
https://mentor.ieee.org/802.11/dcn/19/11-19-2154-02-000m-sae-anti-clogging-token.docx

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-21 13:13:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c56b7a2fdf SAE: Mark sae_derive_pt_ecc() static
This function is not used outside sae.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-21 00:35:16 +02:00
Johannes Berg
4ee5a50358 trace: Handle binutils bfd.h breakage
Some things in bfd.h that we use were renamed, and in the case of
bfd_get_section_vma() a parameter was dropped. Work around this.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-01-20 21:17:21 +02:00
Hai Shalom
d20365db17 EAP-SIM/AKA peer: Add support for EAP Method prefix
Add support for EAP method prefix in the anonymous identity
used during EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA' authentication when encrypted IMSI
is used. The prefix is a single character that indicates which
EAP method is required by the client.

Signed-off-by: Hai Shalom <haishalom@google.com>
2020-01-10 19:16:13 +02:00
Vamsi Krishna
4bf78a79d0 ACS: Populate channel config from external ACS per documented behavior
Based on the now documented seg0/seg1 values from offloaded ACS, there
is a mismatch between the driver interface and internal hostapd use.

The value of segment0 field in ACS results is the index of the channel
center frequency for 20 MHz, 40 MHz, and 80M Hz channels. The value is
the center frequency index of the primary 80 MHz segment for 160 MHz and
80+80 MHz channels.

The value of segment1 field in ACS results is zero for 20 MHz, 40 MHz,
and 80 MHz channels. The value is the index of the channel center
frequency for 160 MHz channels and the center frequency index of the
secondary 80 MHz segment for 80+80 MHz channels.

However, in struct hostapd_config, for 160 MHz channels, the value of
the segment0 field is the index of the channel center frequency of 160
MHz channel and the value of the segment1 field is zero. Map the values
from ACS event into hostapd_config fields accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-09 20:22:12 +02:00
Vamsi Krishna
fe1552d93c ACS: Update documentation of external ACS results event parameters
Update the documentation with values to be sent for seg0 and seg1 fields
in external ACS result event for 20 MHz, 40 MHz, 80 MHz, 160 MHz, and
80+80 MHz channels. These values match the changes done to definitions
of seg0 and seg1 fields in the IEEE 802.11 standard.

This vendor command had not previously been documented in this level of
detail and had not actually been used for the only case that could have
two different interpretation (160 MHz) based on which version of IEEE
802.11 standard is used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-09 20:12:14 +02:00
Vamsi Krishna
881177201a 6 GHz: Fix Channel Width value for 80+80 in 6 GHZ Operation Info field
The Channel Width field value is 0 for 20 MHz, 1 for 40 MHz, 2 for 80
MHz, and 3 for both 160 MHz and 80+80 MHz channels. The 80+80 MHz case
was not addressed previously correctly since it cannot be derived from
seg0 only.

The Channel Center Frequency Segment 0 field value is the index of
channel center frequency for 20 MHz, 40 MHz, and 80 MHz channels. The
value is the center frequency index of the primary 80 MHz segment for
160 MHz and 80+80 MHz channels.

The Channel Center Frequency Segment 1 field value is zero for 20 MHz,
40 MHz, and 80 MHz channels. The value is the index of the channel
center frequency for 160 MHz channel and the center frequency index of
the secondary 80 MHz segment for 80+80 MHz channels.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-09 17:43:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b4fe37c4fa Silence compiler warning in no-NEED_AP_MLME builds
Make the dummy hostapd_hw_mode_txt() wrapper return "UNKNOWN" instead of
NULL to avoid a warning from a debug printf using %s with NULL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-09 12:44:08 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
a919a26035 Introduce and add key_flag
Add the new set_key() parameter "key_flag" to provide more specific
description of what type of a key is being configured. This is needed to
be able to add support for "Extended Key ID for Individually Addressed
Frames" from IEEE Std 802.11-2016. In addition, this may be used to
replace the set_tx boolean eventually once all the driver wrappers have
moved to using the new key_flag.

The following flag are defined:

  KEY_FLAG_MODIFY
    Set when an already installed key must be updated.
    So far the only use-case is changing RX/TX status of installed
    keys. Must not be set when deleting a key.

  KEY_FLAG_DEFAULT
    Set when the key is also a default key. Must not be set when
    deleting a key. (This is the replacement for set_tx.)

  KEY_FLAG_RX
    The key is valid for RX. Must not be set when deleting a key.

  KEY_FLAG_TX
    The key is valid for TX. Must not be set when deleting a key.

  KEY_FLAG_GROUP
    The key is a broadcast or group key.

  KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE
    The key is a pairwise key.

  KEY_FLAG_PMK
    The key is a Pairwise Master Key (PMK).

Predefined and needed flag combinations so far are:

  KEY_FLAG_GROUP_RX_TX
    WEP key not used as default key (yet).

  KEY_FLAG_GROUP_RX_TX_DEFAULT
    Default WEP or WPA-NONE key.

  KEY_FLAG_GROUP_RX
    GTK key valid for RX only.

  KEY_FLAG_GROUP_TX_DEFAULT
    GTK key valid for TX only, immediately taking over TX.

  KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX_TX
    Pairwise key immediately becoming the active pairwise key.

  KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX
    Pairwise key not yet valid for TX. (Only usable with Extended Key ID
    support.)

  KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX_TX_MODIFY
    Enable TX for a pairwise key installed with KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX.

  KEY_FLAG_RX_TX
    Not a valid standalone key type and can only used in combination
    with other flags to mark a key for RX/TX.

This commit is not changing any functionality. It just adds the new
key_flag to all hostapd/wpa_supplicant set_key() functions without using
it, yet.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-01-09 12:38:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3df4c05aec nl80211: Pass set_key() parameter struct to wpa_driver_nl80211_set_key()
This is the function that actually uses the parameters, so pass the full
parameter struct to it instead of hiding the struct from it in the
simple wrapper.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-09 00:48:57 +02:00
Gurumoorthi Gnanasambandhan
99d8c4dca3 hostapd: Support VLAN offload to the driver
If the driver supports VLAN offload mechanism with a single netdev, use
that instead of separate per-VLAN netdevs.

Signed-off-by: Gurumoorthi Gnanasambandhan <gguru@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-09 00:48:57 +02:00
Gurumoorthi Gnanasambandhan
0f903f37dc nl80211: VLAN offload support
Add indication for driver VLAN offload capability and configuration of
the VLAN ID to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Gurumoorthi Gnanasambandhan <gguru@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-09 00:48:57 +02:00
Gurumoorthi Gnanasambandhan
4d3ae54fbd Add vlan_id to driver set_key() operation
This is in preparation for adding support to use a single WLAN netdev
with VLAN operations offloaded to the driver. No functional changes are
included in this commit.

Signed-off-by: Gurumoorthi Gnanasambandhan <gguru@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-09 00:48:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f822546451 driver: Move set_key() parameters into a struct
This makes it more convenient to add, remove, and modify the parameters
without always having to update every single driver_*.c implementation
of this callback function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-09 00:48:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3912cbd88d SAE: A bit optimized sae_confirm_immediate=2 for testing purposes
sae_confirm_immediate=2 can now be used in CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y
builds to minimize the latency between SAE Commit and SAE Confirm by
postponing transmission of SAE Commit until the SAE Confirm frame is
generated. This does not have significant impact, but can get the frames
tiny bit closer to each other over the air to increase testing coverage.
The only difference between sae_confirm_immediate 1 and 2 is in the
former deriving KCK, PMK, PMKID, and CN between transmission of the
frames (i.e., a small number of hash operations).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-08 20:57:08 +02:00
Vamsi Krishna
aa663baf45 Fix QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_ACS_VHT_SEG1_CENTER_CHANNEL NULL check
Correct the check for presence of
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_ACS_VHT_SEG1_CENTER_CHANNEL attribute before using it
while processing acs_result event.

Fixes: 857d94225a ("Extend offloaded ACS QCA vendor command to support VHT")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-08 16:14:24 +02:00
Markus Theil
f7b2fe99ea tests: Fix undefined behavior in module tests
Test: wpa_supplicant module tests
../src/utils/utils_module_tests.c:933:7: runtime error: left shift of 1 by 31 places cannot be represented in type 'int'

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-01-08 14:56:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
297d69161b OpenSSL: Fix memory leak in TOD policy validation
Returned policies from X509_get_ext_d2i() need to be freed.

Fixes: 21f1a1e66c ("Report TOD policy")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-07 20:40:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c52129bed8 nl80211: Allow control port to be disabled with a driver param
This is mainly for testing purposes to allow wpa_supplicant and hostapd
functionality to be tested both with and without using the nl80211
control port which is by default used whenever supported by the driver.
control_port=0 driver parameter will prevent that from happening.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-05 21:31:33 +02:00
Markus Theil
781c5a0624 nl80211: Use control port TX for AP mode
Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-01-05 21:31:33 +02:00
Markus Theil
d8252a9812 nl80211: Report control port RX events
This allows EAPOL frames to be received over the separate controlled
port once rest of the driver interface is ready for this. By itself,
this commit does not actually change behavior since cfg80211 will not be
delivering these events without them being explicitly requested.

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-01-05 21:30:41 +02:00
Markus Theil
a79ed06871 Add no_encrypt flag for control port TX
In order to correctly encrypt rekeying frames, wpa_supplicant now checks
if a PTK is currently installed and sets the corresponding encrypt
option for tx_control_port().

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-01-05 20:34:50 +02:00
Brendan Jackman
8759e9116a nl80211: Control port over nl80211 helpers
Linux kernel v4.17 added the ability to request sending controlled port
frames (e.g., IEEE 802.1X controlled port EAPOL frames) via nl80211
instead of a normal network socket. Doing this provides the device
driver with ordering information between the control port frames and the
installation of keys. This empowers it to avoid race conditions between,
for example, PTK replacement and the sending of frame 4 of the 4-way
rekeying handshake in an RSNA. The key difference between the specific
control port and normal socket send is that the device driver will
certainly get any EAPOL frames comprising a 4-way handshake before it
gets the key installation call for the derived key. By flushing its TX
buffers it can then ensure that no pending EAPOL frames are
inadvertently encrypted with a key that the peer will not yet have
installed.

Add a CONTROL_PORT flag to the hostap driver API to report driver
capability for using a separate control port for EAPOL frames. This
operation is exactly like an Ethernet send except for the extra ordering
information it provides for device drivers. The nl80211 driver is
updated to support this operation when the device reports support for
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211. Also add a driver op
tx_control_port() for request a frame to be sent over the controlled
port.

Signed-off-by: Brendan Jackman <brendan.jackman@bluwireless.co.uk>
2020-01-05 19:43:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ccaabeaa03 driver: Remove unused send_ether() driver op
This was used only for FT RRB sending with driver_test.c and
driver_test.c was removed more than five years ago, so there is no point
in continuing to maintain this driver op.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-05 18:32:10 +02:00
Bilal Hatipoglu
3d41dd7c50 WPS: Add application extension data to WPS IE
Application Extension attribute is defined in WSC tech spec v2.07 page
104. Allow hostapd to be configured to add this extension into WPS IE in
Beacon and Probe Response frames. The implementation is very similar to
vendor extension.

A new optional entry called "wps_application_ext" is added to hostapd
config file to configure this. It enodes the payload of the Application
Extension attribute in hexdump format.

Signed-off-by: Veli Demirel <veli.demirel@airties.com>
Signed-off-by: Bilal Hatipoglu <bilal.hatipoglu@airties.com>
2020-01-04 23:39:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9bedf90047 nl80211: Use monitor interface for sending no-encrypt test frames
Since NL80211_CMD_FRAME does not allow encryption to be disabled for the
frame, add a monitor interface temporarily for cases where this type of
no-encrypt frames are to be sent. The temporary monitor interface is
removed immediately after sending the frame.

This is testing functionality (only in CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds)
that is used for PMF testing where the AP can use this to inject an
unprotected Robust Management frame (mainly, Deauthentication or
Disassociation frame) even in cases where PMF has been negotiated for
the association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-04 20:23:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8d84c75f7c Allow testing override for GTK/IGTK RSC from AP to STA
The new hostapd gtk_rsc_override and igtk_rsc_override configuration
parameters can be used to set an override value for the RSC that the AP
advertises for STAs for GTK/IGTK. The contents of those parameters is a
hexdump of the RSC in little endian byte order.

This functionality is available only in CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds.
This can be used to verify that stations implement initial RSC
configuration correctly for GTK/ and IGTK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-04 13:05:26 +02:00
Ben Greear
ff77431180 nl80211: Don't set offchan-OK flag if doing on-channel frame in AP mode
I saw a case where the kernel's cfg80211 rejected hostapd's attempt to
send a neighbor report response because nl80211 flagged the frame as
offchannel-OK, but kernel rejects because channel was 100 (DFS) and so
kernel failed thinking it was constrained by DFS/CAC requirements that
do not allow the operating channel to be left (at least in FCC).

Don't set the packet as off-channel OK if we are transmitting on the
current operating channel of an AP to avoid such issues with
transmission of Action frames.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2020-01-03 16:00:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d5798e43f5 nl80211: Use current command for NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION
This was renamed to NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME long time ago.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-03 15:26:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
81ae8820a6 nl80211: Rename send_action_cookie to send_frame_cookie
This is to match the NL80211_CMD_ACTION renaming to NL80211_CMD_FRAME
that happened long time ago. This command can be used with any IEEE
802.11 frame and it should not be implied to be limited to Action
frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-03 15:23:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5ad372cc3f nl80211: Clean up nl80211_send_frame_cmd() callers
Replace a separate cookie_out pointer argument with save_cookie boolean
since drv->send_action_cookie is the only longer term storage place for
the cookies. Merge all nl80211_send_frame_cmd() callers within
wpa_driver_nl80211_send_mlme() to use a single shared call to simplify
the function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-03 15:18:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0dae4354f7 nl80211: Get rid of separate wpa_driver_nl80211_send_frame()
Merge this function into wpa_driver_nl80211_send_mlme() that is now the
only caller for the previously shared helper function. This is a step
towards cleaning up the overly complex code path for sending Management
frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-03 15:00:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e695927862 driver: Remove unused send_frame() driver op
All the previous users have now been converted to using send_mlme() so
this unused send_frame() callback can be removed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-03 13:56:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ce01804872 Convert the only remaining send_frame() users to send_mlme()
Since send_mlme() now has support for the no_encrypt argument it is
possible to get rid of the remaining send_frame() uses.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-03 13:53:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
27cc06d073 nl80211: Support no_encrypt=1 with send_mlme()
This allows send_mlme() to be used to replace send_frame() for the test
cases where unencrypted Deauthentication/Disassociation frames need to
be sent out even when using PMF for the association. This is currently
supported only when monitor interface is used for AP mode management
frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-03 13:53:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
665a3007fb driver: Add no_encrypt argument to send_mlme()
This is in preparation of being able to remove the separate send_frame()
callback.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-03 13:53:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3710027463 Make hostapd_drv_send_mlme() more generic
Merge hostapd_drv_send_mlme_csa() functionality into
hostapd_drv_send_mlme() to get a single driver ops handler function for
hostapd. In addition, add a new no_encrypt parameter in preparation for
functionality that is needed to get rid of the separate send_frame()
driver op.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-03 13:34:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b3525dc172 P2P Manager: Use send_mlme() instead of send_frame() for Deauthentication
send_frame() is documented to be used for "testing use only" and as
such, it should not have used here for a normal production
functionality. Replace this with use of send_mlme() which is already
used for sending Deauthentication frames in other cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-03 13:22:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
14cc3d10ca nl80211: Simplify hapd_send_eapol() with monitor interface
Call nl80211_send_monitor() directly instead of going through
wpa_driver_nl80211_send_frame() for the case where monitor interface is
used for AP mode management purposes. drv->use_monitor has to be 1 in
this code path, so wpa_driver_nl80211_send_frame() was calling
nl80211_send_monitor() unconditionally for this code path and that extra
function call can be removed here to simplify the implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-03 12:08:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
16a2667203 nl80211: Don't accept interrupted dump responses
Netlink dump message may be interrupted if an internal inconsistency is
detected in the kernel code. This can happen, e.g., if a Beacon frame
from the current AP is received while NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN is used to
fetch scan results. Previously, such cases would end up not reporting an
error and that could result in processing partial data.

Modify this by detecting this special interruption case and converting
it to an error. For the NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, try again up to 10 times
to get the full response. For other commands (which are not yet known to
fail in similar manner frequently), report an error to the caller.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-02 23:34:53 +02:00
Roy Marples
a8b00423ea BSD: Use struct ip rather than struct iphdr
As we define __FAVOR_BSD use the BSD IP header.
Compile tested on NetBSD, DragonFlyBSD, and Linux.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2020-01-02 19:17:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3ea58a0548 nl80211: Fix libnl error string fetching
libnl functions return a library specific error value in libnl 2.0 and
newer. errno is not necessarily valid in all error cases and strerror()
for the returned value is not valid either.

Use nl_geterror() to get the correct error string from the returned
error code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-02 18:05:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
139f7ab311 mac80211_linux: Fix libnl error string fetching
libnl functions return a library specific error value. errno is not
necessarily valid in all error cases and strerror() for the returned
value is not valid either.

Use nl_geterror() to get the correct error string from the returned
error code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-02 18:05:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
25ebd538a4 Drop support for libnl 1.1
This simplifies code by not having to maintain and come up with new
backwards compatibility wrappers for a library release from 12 years
ago.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-02 18:05:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1ace2f7c09 Drop debug print level for informative debug messages
These are certainly not error conditions, but normal cases for starting
up. Drop the message from ERROR to DEBUG.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-02 18:05:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
568950c6e7 RSN: Do not add PMKSA candidates unnecessarily
Add PMKSA candidates from scan results only if they advertise an AKMP
that is used with RSN pre-authentication. Previously, candidates were
added but then ignored later if the AKMP was not suitable.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-01 12:26:24 +02:00
Ethan Everett
22319c7fed RADIUS client: fix extra retry before failover
This commit changes the failover behavior of RADIUS client. Commit
27ebadccfb ("RADIUS client: Cease endless retry for message for
multiple servers") changed the retry logic, causing RADIUS client to
wait RADIUS_CLIENT_NUM_FAILOVER + 1 timeouts before failing over the
first time. Prior to that commit, RADIUS client would wait
RADIUS_CLIENT_NUM_FAILOVER timeouts before each failover. This was
caused by moving the entry->attempts > RADIUS_CLIENT_NUM_FAILOVER
comparison to before the retry attempt, where entry->attempts is
incremented.

The commit in question set entry->attempts in radius_change_server to 1
instead of 0, so RADIUS client would still only wait
RADIUS_CLIENT_NUM_FAILOVER timeouts for subsequent failovers, the same
as the original behavior.

This commit changes the comparison so the initial failover now happens
after waiting RADIUS_CLIENT_NUM_FAILOVER timeouts, as it did originally.
It also changes the RADIUS_CLIENT_MAX_FAILOVER comparison to prevent an
additional attempt to the primary server after the final failover.

Signed-off-by: Ethan Everett <ethan.everett@meraki.net>
2019-12-30 19:13:51 +02:00
Matteo Croce
82ba4f2d1b nl80211: Add a driver ops function to check WoWLAN status
Add function that returns whether WoWLAN has been enabled for the device
or not.

Signed-off-by: Alfonso Sanchez-Beato <alfonso.sanchez-beato@canonical.com>
2019-12-30 18:46:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b0621b083d Call hostapd_allowed_address() directly from handle_probe_req()
ieee802_11_allowed_address() did not really do anything useful for the
call from handle_probe_req(), so replace that with a direct call to
hostapd_allowed_address() and make ieee802_11_allowed_address() a static
function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-29 23:44:32 +02:00
Michael Braun
963681723f Fix possible memory leak of RADIUS data in handle_auth()
When returning from handle_auth() after ieee802_11_allowed_address()
returned HOSTAPD_ACL_ACCEPT, but before ieee802_11_set_radius_info() has
been called, identity, radius_cui, and psk might not have been consumed.

Fix this by avoiding the need to free these variables at all.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2019-12-29 23:43:55 +02:00
Michael Braun
d4ceaafc24 Make hostapd_copy_psk_list() non-static
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2019-12-29 23:34:01 +02:00
Michael Braun
29024efd18 Move the RADIUS cached attributes into a struct
This makes it easier to pass these around and to add new attributes.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2019-12-29 23:33:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3cd4db231a FT: Do not deliver RRB messages locally without matching FT/SSID
For FT protocol to work, the BSSs need to be operating an FT AKM with
the same SSID and mobility domain. The previous commit covered the
mobility domain, this covers the other prerequisites. This reduces
unnecessary load from having to allocate queued messages for interfaces
that cannot have valid data.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-29 20:41:41 +02:00
Jinglin Wang
c133c785df FT: Check mobility domain when sending RRB message to local managed BSS
Fast BSS Transition requires related APs operating in the same mobility
domain. Therefore, we can check whether the local managed BSS is
operating the same mobility domain before sending multicast/unicast
messages to it. This reduces unnecessary load from having to allocate
queued messages for interfaces that cannot have valid data.

Signed-off-by: Jinglin Wang <bryanwang@synology.com>
Signed-off-by: MinHong Wang <minhongw@synology.com>
2019-12-29 20:32:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a422d9b4c2 RRB: More debug prints for local delivery
This makes it easier to figure out how frames are delivered directly
between BSSs operated within a single hostapd process.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-29 20:17:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7b1105afef RRB: Do not reorder locally delivered messages
Add new messages to the end of the l2_oui_queue instead of inserting
them at the beginning so that the dl_list_for_each_safe() iteration in
hostapd_oui_deliver_later() goes through the messages in the same order
they were originally queued.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-29 20:17:57 +02:00
Jinglin Wang
4834c6869d FT: Fix hostapd_wpa_auth_oui_iter() iteration for multicast packets
When using FT wildcard feature, the inter-AP protocol will send
broadcast messages to discover related APs.

For example,
12/6 16:24:43 FT: Send PMK-R1 pull request to remote R0KH address
    ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
12/6 16:24:43 FT: Send out sequence number request to
    ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff

If you have multiple interfaces/BSSs in a single hostapd process,
hostapd_wpa_auth_oui_iter() returned 1 after the first interface was
processed. Iteration in for_each_interface() will be stopped since it
gets a non-zero return value from hostapd_wpa_auth_oui_iter().

Even worse, the packet will not be sent to ethernet because
for_each_interface() returns non-zero value. hostapd_wpa_auth_send_oui()
will then return data_len immediately.

To prevent this, hostapd_wpa_auth_oui_iter() should not return 1 after
any successful transmission to other interfaces, if the dst_addr of
packet is a multicast address.

Signed-off-by: Jinglin Wang <bryanwang@synology.com>
Signed-off-by: MinHong Wang <minhongw@synology.com>
2019-12-29 20:09:52 +02:00
Daniel Kobras
18780c6d67 OpenSSL: Add support for TPM2-wrapped keys
If the header of a PEM-formatted certificate or key in private_key file
indicates that it is wrapped with a TPM2 key, try to autoload the
appropriate OpenSSL engine that can transparently unwrap the key. This
enables systems to use TPM2-wrapped keys as drop-in replacements to
ordinary SSL keys.

This functionality needs
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/openssl_tpm2_engine.git
to be installed as an OpenSSL engine.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Kobras <kobras@puzzle-itc.de>
2019-12-29 11:28:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
974f84bb73 Fix ignore_broadcast_ssid behavior with SSID List and Short SSID List
ignore_broadcast_ssid=1 (or 2) were practically ignored if the Probe
Request frame included the SSID List or Short SSID List elements. Fix
this by requiring exact SSID match whenever ignore_broadcast_ssid is in
use regardless how SSID parameters are set in the Probe Request frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-28 23:19:44 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
1c7f652f9e AP: Support Short SSID List element in Probe Request frames
According to IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0, 11.1.4.3.4 (Criteria for sending a
response), AP should answer Probe Request frames if either SSID or Short
SSID matches. Implement this part of the Short SSID use for the BSS (the
collocated 6 GHz BSS case is not covered in this commit).

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2019-12-28 23:13:58 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
522450b7b1 AP: Determine Short SSID value for the BSS
This can be used in the future to implement support for RNR and scanning
extensions using a shorter field for the SSID.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2019-12-28 22:32:14 +02:00
Zefir Kurtisi
ef48f1bfb3 Ensure authenticator session timer is applied with wired driver
We use the wired driver for wired port authentication with a slight
extension to add the port into a bridge upon successful authentication
and to remove it from the bridge when the session terminates.

Our expectation was that the Session-Timeout configuration at the RADIUS
server is respected, i.e. the session is terminated and would need
re-authentication - like it is working for WLAN sessions over the
nl80211 driver. Alas, it turned out the session is not terminated with
the wired driver.

It turned out that when ap_handle_session_timer() is executed, the
sta->flags of the wired port has only the WLAN_STA_AUTHORIZED bit set.
The WLAN_STA_AUTH bit, which is used to check whether the STA needs to
be de-authenticated, is missing.

Extend the check for any of the WLAN_STA_(AUTH | ASSOC | AUTHORIZED)
bits to solve this issue with the wired driver. That should not have any
side-effect for the WLAN cases since WLAN_STA_AUTH is expected to always
be set for those when there is an ongoing session and separate checks
for ASSOC and AUTHORIZED don't change this.

Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
2019-12-28 20:50:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
53661e3a9a Allow debug log to be written to both syslog and file
If hostapd or wpa_supplicant is started with both -s and -f command line
arguments, debug log ended up being written only into syslog and the log
file was left empty. Change this so that the log entries will be written
to both places. Either -s or -f (or both) results in debug log to stdout
being disabled which was already the case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-28 18:28:10 +02:00
Ben Greear
ee48f48ba1 hostapd: Support showing neighbor list through hostapd_cli
This lets one know the current neighbor list, and could be used
to populate the neighbor list of other hostapd processes.

For instance:

$ hostapd_cli -i vap0001 show_neighbor
04:f0:21:1e:ae:b0 ssid=04f0211eaeb0af190000802809 nr=04f0211eaeb0af1900008028090603022a00
$ hostapd_cli -i vap0000 set_neighbor 04:f0:21:1e:ae:b0 ssid=04f0211eaeb0af190000802809 nr=04f0211eaeb0af1900008028090603022a00
OK
$ hostapd_cli -i vap0000 show_neighbor
04:f0:21:1e:ae:b0 ssid=04f0211eaeb0af190000802809 nr=04f0211eaeb0af1900008028090603022a00
04:f0:21:c3:b2:b0 ssid=04f021c3b2b0af190000802809 nr=04f021c3b2b0af1900008028090603022a00

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2019-12-26 17:59:03 +02:00
Sergey Matyukevich
3af78a4e04 Extract BSS coex 40 MHz check into a separate function
Move this implementation from check_40mhz_2g4() into a new helper
function check_bss_coex_40mhz function() so that it can be used in the
station mode case as well as the previously used AP mode case.

Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
2019-12-26 11:41:01 +02:00
Sergey Matyukevich
a737e40b56 drivers: Support of dynamic VLAN requires Linux ioctls
Support for dynamic VLANs depends on the Linux bridge ioctls.
Add this dependency explicitely to drivers make files.

This fixes build for minimal hostapd configs such as:
CONFIG_DRIVER_WIRED=y
CONFIG_FULL_DYNAMIC_VLAN=y

Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
2019-12-26 00:00:36 +02:00
Bilal Hatipoglu
b1b62a1364 WPS: Add WPS-PIN-ACTIVE and WPS-CANCEL events
WPS_EVENT_CANCEL is added to indicate cancellation of a WPS operation
for any reason in hostapd/wpa_supplicant.

WPS_EVENT_PIN_ACTIVE is added to indicate when a PIN operation is
triggered in wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Veli Demirel <veli.demirel@airties.com>
Signed-off-by: Bilal Hatipoglu <bilal.hatipoglu@airties.com>
2019-12-25 20:58:52 +02:00
Michal Kazior
8e111157e7 nl80211: Relax bridge setup
Normally nl80211 driver will attempt to strictly control what bridge
given interface is put in. It'll attempt to remove it from an existing
bridge if it doesn't match the configured one. If it's not in a bridge
it'll try to put it into one. If any of this fails then hostapd will
bail out and not set up the BSS at all.

Arguably that's reasonable since it allows to set the BSS up coherently
with regard to EAPOL handling as well as allows extra interactions with
things like FDB. However, not all hostapd drivers interact with bridge=
the same way. One example is atheros. Therefore it's not clear what the
desired behavior should be if consistency across drivers is considered.

There's a case where one might want to use a non-native Linux bridge,
e.g., openvswitch, in which case regular ioctls won't work to put an
interface into a bridge, or figure out what bridge an interface is in.
The underlying wireless driver can still be an ordinary nl80211 driver.

This change relaxes the bridge setup failure so that hostapd still
starts even if it fails to add an interface into a configured bridge
name. It still sets up all the necessary sockets (including the
configured bridge=) so EAPOL handling should work fine. This then leaves
it to the system integrator to manage wireless interface as bridge ports
and possibly fdb hints too.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal@plume.com>
2019-12-24 21:16:23 +02:00
Sergey Matyukevich
3626e72c8d l2_packet: Fix bridge workaround for repeater configuration
In repeater configuration, both AP and STA wireless interfaces may be
included into the same bridge. In this case the following race condition
may occur: wpa_supplicant and hostapd are started, then hostapd clients
are connected before wpa_supplicant connects to remote AP. EAPOL packets
between hostapd and its clients are detected by wpa_supplicant on bridge
interface, prematurely disabling the workaround.

One possible option to fix this issue is to check EAPOL destination MAC
in wpa_supplicant and disable workaround only if EAPOL packet on bridge
interface is indeed intended for wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
2019-12-24 21:16:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
84972999ba FT: More debug prints for RSNE modification for EAPOL-Key msg 2/4
This buffer was getting corrupted, so add more details to make it
clearer what causes the corruption should this type of regression show
up again.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-24 21:16:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4cfa8b92ba Fix wpa_insert_pmkid() when buffer includes extra IEs
The case where the old RSNE included one or more PMKIDs and that RSNE
was followed by another IE was handled incorrectly since the
os_memmove() to move the end of the buffer when removing old PMKIDs was
stopping copying at the end of the RSNE, not the end of the IE buffer.
This could result in corrupting the IE that followed the RSNE. In
practice, this broke FT-SAE with H2E by corrupting the RSNXE that is in
the buffer after the RSNE.

Fix this by copying the full end of the buffer (i.e., including the
following RSNXE in the visible error case) when removing the old PMKIDs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-24 21:16:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
07fe134d9c EAP-SIM peer: Do not accept SIM/Challenge without SIM/Start
EAP-SIM full authentication starts with one or more SIM/Start rounds, so
reject an unexpected SIM/Challenge round without any preceeding
SIM/Start rounds to avoid unexpected behavior. In practice, an attempt
to start with SIM/Challenge would have resulted in different MK being
derived and the Challenge message getting rejected due to mismatching
AT_MAC unless the misbehaving server has access to valid Kc, so the end
result is identical, but it is cleaner to reject the unexpected message
explicitly to avoid any risk of trying to proceed without NONCE_MT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-23 23:59:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b2e2a8588d OpenSSL: Extend key_block size determination to support GCM/CCM ciphers
These ciphers do not use a separate MAC algorithm, so digest nid will be
NID_undef. In addition, the fixed_iv_length needs to be set to 4 which
is the implicit part of the IV from PRF. This is needed to fix EAP-FAST
key derivation for cases where GCM/CCM ciphers are used for TLS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-23 20:02:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1730a6a5ef nl80211: Fix couple of typos in a comment
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-23 10:24:49 +02:00
Mikael Kanstrup
307cfc3286 Strip trailing zero data in EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 when no PMKID to send
EAPOL-Key message 1/4 without PMKID KDE was sent with 22 bytes of stray
data following a zero length key data field. These 22 bytes happens to
be the exact size of an PMKID KDE. Strip these trailing bytes by
checking whether a PMKID is available and adjust pmkid_len to 0 if not.

This was seen for example in capture files created by hwsim test case
suite_b_192 but code modified to handle also the other cases without
PMKID (Suite B no-KCK, FILS without PMKID available, SAE without PMKID
available).

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sony.com>
2019-12-23 00:26:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2c5ccfa607 nl80211: Initialize full channel info struct even if channel is not known
It was possible for the driver to advertise support for channels that
are not found from wpa_supplicant frequency-to-channel mapping (e.g.,
channel 182 at 5910 MHz) and that resulted in not initializing the
channel number information. Fix this by explicitly clearing the full
struct hostapd_channel_data buffer before parsing the information into
it from the driver.

This avoids some conditional jumps that could have dependent on
uninitialized values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-23 00:01:02 +02:00
Brian Norris
e6d3aca9cf WPS: Add prefixes to public event_* functions
openssl engines may dynamically load external libraries. Our event_*()
functions happen to be named very generically, such that event_add()
collides with the libevent library (https://libevent.org/). This can
have disastrous effects (esp. when using CONFIG_WPA_TRACE, which enables
partial linking) when our SSL engines call into the WPS event_add()
instead of their intended libevent event_add().

Resolve this by providing a more unique prefix to these functions.

Rename performed via:

  sed -i -E \
    's:\<event_(add|delete_all|send_all_later|send_stop_all)\>:wps_upnp_event_\1:g' \
     $(git grep -l event_)

Tested via (among other things) hwsim '-f ap_wps' module.

Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
2019-12-22 11:24:28 +02:00
Davide Caratti
2ba6aa6045 Fix memory leak in case allocation of token fails during JSON parsing
On failure of json_alloc_token(), json_parse() can return without
freeing 'str' previously allocated by json_parse_string(). Fix this
adding proper call to os_free().

Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <davide.caratti@gmail.com>
2019-12-21 17:32:19 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
78d338d1b1 DPP: Fix a memory leak on an error path
Fix a memory leak exposed by the dpp_own_config_sign_fail test.

Fixes: 52d469de11 ("DPP2: Support multiple Config Objects in Enrollee")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2019-12-21 17:02:00 +02:00
Min Liu
1f1567d2a6 QCA vendor command for getting STA information
Add a QCA vendor subcommand QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_STA_INFO with
attributes defined in enum qca_wlan_vendor_attr_get_sta to get
information for a BSS in STA mode or for a peer STA in AP mode. This
vendor sub command can be used to get STA information from the driver to
userspace. The attributes defined in enum
qca_wlan_vendor_attr_get_sta_info are used to encapsulate required
information.

Signed-off-by: Min Liu <minliu@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-20 16:25:30 +02:00
Vamsi Krishna
e5620bf025 6 GHz: Select channel width using configured op_class
Use op_class to derive channel width for the operating channel when
op_class is configured by the user in both fixed channel and ACS cases.
We can avoid using ht_capab field to derive channel width especially in
the 6 GHz band in which only HE is supported.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-20 13:38:05 +02:00
Vamsi Krishna
0bfc04b8d0 Do not enable HT/VHT when operating in 6 GHz band
Only HE mode is allowed in the 6 GHz band hence do not enable HT/VHT
even if they are configured by the user.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-20 13:25:07 +02:00
Ankita Bajaj
da8570f4c9 Allow non-PCS 6 GHz channels to be excluded from ACS
Add support to exclude non-PSC 6 GHz channels from the input frequency
list to ACS. The new acs_exclude_6ghz_non_psc=1 parameter can be used by
6 GHz only APs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-20 13:23:13 +02:00
Ankita Bajaj
59bb72642a Allow ACS channel list to be configured as frequencies (in MHz)
The channel numbers are duplicated between 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz bands and 6
GHz band. Hence, add support to configure a list of frequencies to ACS
(freqlist) instead of a list of channel numbers (chanlist). Also, both 5
GHz and 6 GHz channels are referred by HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211A. The 6
GHz channels alone can be configured by using both mode and frequency
list.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-20 13:19:52 +02:00
Ankita Bajaj
5f9b4afdfa Use frequency in HT/VHT validation steps done before starting AP
Using the channel parameter for validating allowed channel combinations
is not scalable to add 6 GHz support in the future since channel numbers
are duplicated between 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz bands and 6 GHz band. Hence use
frequency field for all channel combination validation steps done before
starting AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-20 13:05:39 +02:00
Ankita Bajaj
59e33b4a98 ACS: Select current hw_mode based on the selected frequency
After receiving ACS offload results, select the current hw_mode based on
the frequency selected by the ACS algorithm. The current hw_mode will be
further used during other validation steps such as HT capability
validations, DFS validation, etc.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-20 12:45:03 +02:00
Ankita Bajaj
bb781c763f AP: Populate iface->freq before starting AP
Using channel field while starting AP will cause issues with the new
6GHz band as the channel numbers are duplicated between the different
bands. Populate iface->freq before starting AP so that it can be used
instead of the channel number for all validations that need to be done
while starting AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-20 12:42:47 +02:00
Ankita Bajaj
41cac481a8 ACS: Use frequency params in ACS (offload) completed event interface
Replace channel fields with frequency fields in ACS completed event
interface from the driver layer. Use
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_ACS_PRIMARY_FREQUENCY and
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_ACS_SECONDARY_FREQUENCY attributes if the driver
includes them in the QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_DO_ACS event, otherwise
use QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_ACS_PRIMARY_CHANNEL and
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_ACS_SECONDARY_CHANNEL attributes to maintain
backwards compatibility with old drivers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-20 12:31:01 +02:00
Ankita Bajaj
840532aea5 Search through all hw_features sets in hw_get_channel_freq()
The 5 GHz channels are stored in one hw_features set with mode
HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211A while the 6 GHz channels will need to stored in
a separate hw_features set (but with same mode HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211A)
due to possibility of different HE capabilities being available between
the 5 GHz and 6 GHz bands.

Search through all hw_features sets whose mode is same as the input mode
while finding channel corresponding to the input frequency in
hw_get_channel_freq().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-20 12:21:45 +02:00
Ankita Bajaj
15d3568739 ACS: Add channels from all modes matching with configured hw mode
The 5 GHz channels are stored in one hw_features set with mode
HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211A while the 6 GHz channels will need to stored in
a separate hw_features set (but with same mode HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211A)
due to possibility of different HE capabilities being available between
the 5 GHz and 6 GHz bands.

Iterate through all hw_features sets and populate channels from all
hw_features sets whose hardware mode is matching the configured hardware
mode while preparing the channel list for ACS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-20 12:21:41 +02:00
Ahmad Masri
996662250d P2P: Add support for EDMG channels
This allows a P2P connection over P802.11ay EDMG channels to achieve the
highest link speed that the standard allows for channel bonding (CB) up
to CB4.

Let each P2P peer add its EDMG channels to the Supported Channels IE
advertised in P2P GO negotiation. Give EDMG channels priority when peers
negotiate for operating channel.

User may add 'edmg' parameter to p2p_connect, p2p_add_group, and
p2p_invite commands to prefer an EDMG channel for the P2P link. User may
also set p2p_go_edmg=1 in wpa_supplicant configuration file to prefer
EDMG.

When EDMG is used, P2P will try to find the highest channel bonding
supported channel that matches the frequency parameter, if the devices
do not support EDMG, the P2P connection will use a legacy (1-6) 60 GHz
channel.

Signed-off-by: Ahmad Masri <amasri@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-20 00:13:08 +02:00
Ahmad Masri
f86e34168e Update operating classes and channels for the 60 GHz band
Update new channels in Channel Bonding (CB2 ... CB4) in the 60 GHz band
for different regulatory regions according to the latest draft amendment
IEEE P802.11ay/D5.0.

Signed-off-by: Ahmad Masri <amasri@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-20 00:00:52 +02:00
Ahmad Masri
a19277a28b Add EDMG bandwidth to channel frequency APIs
Add EDMG bandwidth to CHANWIDTH_ defines.

Update API ieee80211_freq_to_channel_ext() to support EDMG bandwidth
for EDMG channels.

Signed-off-by: Ahmad Masri <amasri@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-19 23:46:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5a563a3d34 Avoid compiler warning on shadowing a local variable
Fixes: 7fde39fb1a ("Add sae_rejected_groups to hostapd STA control interface command")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-18 13:46:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7fde39fb1a Add sae_rejected_groups to hostapd STA control interface command
This is mainly for testing purposes to be able to check which groups
a STA reports as having been rejected when using SAE H2E.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-12 23:52:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5661ebd774 DPP: Configurator netRole for Enrollee
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-12 02:33:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7404574458 DPP: Replace ap boolean with netRole enum in Configurator params
The netRole enum is more generic and can be extended to include new
roles (e.g., Configurator) more easily.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-12 02:33:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f2c4b44b40 SAE H2E: RSNXE override in EAPOL-Key msg 3/4
This new hostapd configuration parameter rsnxe_override_eapol=<hexdump>
can be used to override RSNXE value in EAPOL-Key msg 3/4 for testing
purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-07 17:32:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a889e9a70c SAE: Reject invalid rejected group report in SAE commit explicitly (AP)
Previously, this case was ignored silently in AP mode. While that could
be a reasonable approach for an unexpected condition, it would be fine
to reject this case explicitly as well. This makes it somewhat easier to
test unexpected SAE H2E vs. looping behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-07 00:39:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c88e01e1b6 SAE H2E: Fix validation of rejected groups list
check_sae_rejected_groups() returns 1, not -1, in case an enabled group
is rejected. The previous check for < 0 could not have ever triggered.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-07 00:28:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
918df2227e SAE: Reject unexpected Status Code in SAE commit explicitly (AP)
Previously, this case was ignored silently in AP mode. While that could
be a reasonable approach for an unexpected condition, it would be fine
to reject this case explicitly as well. This makes it somewhat easier to
test unexpected SAE H2E vs. looping behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-06 17:26:57 +02:00
Ankita Bajaj
23acdd9f33 Fix memory leak in ACS offload operation
freq_list is built in allocated heap memory and it needs to be freed
before returning from this function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-05 18:02:46 +02:00
Ankita Bajaj
e86ba912aa ACS: Remove redundant ch_list parameters from do_acs interface
Clean up do_acs interface to not pass ch_list to drivers as the same
information is available in freq_list. The channel numbers are
duplicated between 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands and the 6 GHz band. So, use
the QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_ACS_CH_LIST to populate only 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
channels to ensure backwards compatibility with old drivers which do not
have support to decode the newer QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_ACS_FREQ_LIST
attribute.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-05 18:02:34 +02:00
Ankita Bajaj
3cf360b8e2 DFS: Don't handle DFS ops for 6 GHz channels
Skip DFS checks and CAC operation for 6 GHz channels. AFC checks
will be added for 6 GHz channels later.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-05 17:12:27 +02:00
Ankita Bajaj
ee0030e814 6 GHz: Do not check for HT capability on 6 GHz channels
HT capability check is not required when starting AP on 6 GHz band as
only HE operation mode is allowed in the 6 GHz band.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-05 17:12:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e780b4bf20 DPP: Bootstrapping via NFC URI Record
This extends hostapd and wpa_supplicant DPP implementation to allow the
bootstrapping URI to be generated for and parsed from an NFC Tag with an
NFC URI Record. This is similar to the way the bootstrapping URI is used
with QR Code for unidirectional authentication.

The DPP_BOOTSTRAP_GEN command uses "type=nfc-uri" to request the URI to
be assigned for NFC URI Record. In practice, the URI is generated
identically to the QR Code case, but the internal entry maintains the
NFC-URI type.

A new command "DPP_NFC_URI <uri>" can now be used to parse the URI read
from an NFC Tag with the NFC URI Record. This is similar to the
DPP_QR_CODE command.

Other commands (mainly, DPP_LISTEN and DPP_AUTH_INIT) are used for NFC
URI in the same way as they are used for QR Code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-05 12:37:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3c0d6eb8a9 Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2019-11-08.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-05 12:36:09 +02:00
Hu Wang
38203148e9 Extend hostapd to support setband to driver via QCA vendor command
Commit 844dfeb804 ("QCA vendor command support to set band to driver")
added a vendor command to pass 'SET setband' command information to the
driver in wpa_supplicant. Add similar changes to hostapd control
interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-02 15:55:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9f50538e13 SAE H2E: Do not use sae_h2e param in AP mode if SAE is disabled
Previously, nonzero sae_h2e parameter values were used to perform SAE
H2E specific operations (deriving PT, adding RSNXE, adding H2E-only BSS
membership selector) in AP mode even if SAE was not enabled for the
network. This could result in unexpected behavior if sae_pwe=1 or
sae_pwe=2 were set in the configuration. Fix this by making the SAE
operations conditional on SAE being actually enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-11-29 00:07:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
181bf93363 DPP2: Report received ssid_charset as DPP-CONFOBJ-SSID-CHARSET event
This provides the SSID character set, if specified, to upper layers on
station Enrollee.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-11-28 16:39:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
71e2848eab DPP2: ssid64/ssid_charset in Configurator
This allows Configurator to be configured to use the ssid64 option in
the discovery object for a station Enrollee.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-11-28 16:39:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
57a63b1318 DPP2: Add parsing of ssid64/ssid_charset in Config Object
The discovery object is now allowed to use either the UTF-8 encoded
string ssid or base64url encoded ssid64.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-11-28 16:39:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
590bc64d65 DPP: Use JSON token builder helpers
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-11-28 16:39:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e75ab53222 JSON: Add helper functions for building tokens
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-11-28 16:39:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8e5e36a184 Clean up base64_{encode,decode} pointer types
Allow any pointer to be used as source for encoding and use char * as
the return value from encoding and input value for decoding to reduce
number of type casts needed in the callers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-11-28 16:39:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b22608423b Clean up base64_url_{encode,decode} pointer types
Allow any pointer to be used as source for encoding and use char * as
the return value from encoding and input value for decoding to reduce
number of type casts needed in the callers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-11-27 16:09:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a4255a207b Simplify base64_url_encode() prototype
There is no use case for adding padding into the base64url encoded
strings, so remove the unneeded add_pad argument that was hardcoded to 0
in all callers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-11-27 15:35:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c54227c26a DPP2: Replace connectionStatus object ssid with ssid64
The UTF-8 encoded ssid string was replaced with base64url encoded ssid64
string, so update the implementation to match.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-11-27 15:34:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
31b6eb417b tests: Update SAE H2E test case to match SSWU parameter z change
Update the test vector based on
11-19-1817-02-000m-hash-to-curve-changes.docx

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-11-23 17:46:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0432237a4d SAE H2E: Update SSWU curve-specific parameter z values
Update the values based on
11-19-1817-02-000m-hash-to-curve-changes.docx

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-11-23 17:46:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5b50265e13 WMM: Do not modify input TSPEC buffer during processing
The WMM TSPEC processor used the input buffer for processing the request
and building the response. This was fine for the FT case, but for the
WMM Action frame case, the input buffer is marked const, so it should
not really be modified. This modification could not really cause any
noticeable harm, but it can result in error reports from fuzzing and
potentially even from some static analyzers.

Fix this by marking the input arguments const more consistently (the
parsed IE was able to drop the const) and copy the const input data to a
temporary buffer for processing and modification instead of allowing the
input data to be modified.

Credit to OSS-Fuzz: https://bugs.chromium.org/p/oss-fuzz/issues/detail?id=19050
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-11-23 17:39:55 +02:00
Hu Wang
f3c077929f P2P: Fix listen state machine getting stuck in send_action() scheduled case
Commit 947b5a1532 ("P2P: Stop listen state if Action frame TX is
needed on another channel") added an optimization for P2P response
transmission in certain concurrent operation cases. However, it did not
take into account possibility of the driver not being in listen
state (p2p->drv_in_listen == 0) and could end up getting stuck with the
P2P state machine in a manner that made the device not listen for
following messages. This showed up in following manner in the debug log:

P2P: Starting short listen state (state=SEARCH)
P2P: Driver ended Listen state (freq=2437)
process received frame and send a response
P2P: Stop listen on 0 MHz to allow a frame to be sent immediately on 2437 MHz
P2P: Clear timeout (state=SEARCH)
--> state machine stuck

Fix this by adding drv_in_listen > 0 condition for the optimization to
stop the listen operation in send_action() resulting in scheduled TX.

Fixes: 947b5a1532 ("P2P: Stop listen state if Action frame TX is needed on another channel")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-11-13 23:59:37 +02:00
Lei Wang
530b8ee3c8 hostapd: Update DFS status in VHT80+80 mode
Update center frequency and center frequency2's DFS channel status in
VHT80+80 mode. Otherwise it will cause AP failed to start on a DFS
channel.

Tested: qca9984 with firmware ver 10.4-3.10-00047

Signed-off-by: Rick Wu <rwu@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Lei Wang <leiwa@codeaurora.org>
2019-11-10 22:54:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
93ba13bcfd Fix status code in SAE/DPP association PMKID mismatch (driver-AP-SME)
wpa_validate_wpa_ie() was already extended to cover these cases with
WPA_INVALID_PMKID return value, but hostapd_notif_assoc() did not have
code for mapping this into the appropriate status code
(STATUS_INVALID_PMKID) and ended up using the default
(WLAN_STATUS_INVALID_IE) instead. This caused AP SME-in-driver cases
returning incorrect status code when the AP did not have a matching
PMKSA cache entry. This could result in unexpected station behavior
where the station could continue trying to use a PMKSA cache entry that
the AP does not have and not being able to recover this.

Fix this by adding the previously missed mapping of validation errors to
status/reason codes.

Fixes: 567da5bbd0 ("DPP: Add new AKM")
Fixes: 458d8984de ("SAE: Reject request with mismatching PMKID (no PMKSA cache entry)")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-11-09 00:33:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b90d2f7ffe Fix a typo in a comment
Spell NULL correctly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-11-06 19:44:50 +02:00
Eric Caruso
bb66d46758 Move ownership of MAC address randomization mask to scan params
This array can be freed either from the scan parameters or from
clearing the MAC address randomization parameters from the
wpa_supplicant struct. To make this ownership more clear, we have
each struct own its own copy of the parameters.

Signed-off-by: Eric Caruso <ejcaruso@chromium.org>
2019-10-27 19:50:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1030dec1fa JSON: Fix escaping of characters that have MSB=1 with signed char
The "\\u%04x" printf string did not really work in the correct way if
char is signed. Fix this by type casting this to unsigned char.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-10-27 19:50:22 +02:00
Mikael Kanstrup
937644aa2c nl80211: Indicate SUITE_B_192 capa only when CCMP-256/GCMP-256 supported
SUITE_B_192 AKM capability was indicated for all devices using the
nl80211 driver (without the QCA vendor specific AKM capability
indication). However, some devices can't handle Suite B 192 due to
insufficient ciphers supported. Add a check for CCMP-256 or GCMP-256
cipher support and only indicate SUITE_B_192 capability when such cipher
is supported. This allows compiling with CONFIG_SUITEB192 and still get
proper response to the 'GET_CAPABILITY key_mgmt' command. Under Android
it can also serve as a dynamic way for HAL to query platform for
WPA3-Enterprise 192-bit support.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sony.com>
2019-10-27 15:22:19 +02:00
Shiva Sankar Gajula
df3b2e22a0 nl80211: Add STA node details in AP through QCA vendor subcommand
Addi STA node details in AP through QCA vendor subcommand
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_ADD_STA_NODE vendor when processing FT
protocol roaming.

Signed-off-by: Shiva Sankar Gajula <sgajula@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-25 19:29:53 +03:00
Yu Wang
f273b2a5c7 Add QCA vendor cmd for setting BT coex chain mode
To config BT coex chain mode, add a new QCA sub command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_BTC_CHAIN_MODE.

This new command has two attributes:
1. QCA_VENDOR_ATTR_COEX_BTC_CHAIN_MODE: u32 attribute. Indicates the
   BT coex chain mode, are 32-bit values from enum qca_btc_chain_mode.
2. QCA_VENDOR_ATTR_COEX_BTC_CHAIN_MODE_RESTART: flag attribute.
   If set, vdev should be restarted once BT coex chain mode is updated.

Signed-off-by: Yu Wang <yyuwang@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-25 19:29:53 +03:00
Ashish Kumar Dhanotiya
4dc860680c Extend QCA OEM data vendor subcmd to allow use as an event
The QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_OEM_DATA command was previously defined
only to pass data blobs from user space to kernel (application to
firmware) but there was no mechanism to send the data blobs from
firmware to application. Extend this to define use of the same
subcommand and attributes as vendor events.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-25 19:29:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
93a1e275a7 SAE: Determine H2E vs. looping when restarting SAE auth in AP mode
If hostapd had existing STA SAE state, e.g., from a previously completed
SAE authentication, a new start of a separate SAE authentication (i.e.,
receiving of a new SAE commit) ended up using some of the previous
state. This is problematic for determining whether to H2E vs. looping
since the STA is allowed (even if not really expected to) to change
between these two alternatives. This could result in trying to use H2E
when STA was using looping to derive PWE and that would result in SAE
confirm failing.

Fix this by determining whether to use H2E or looping for the restarted
authentication based on the Status Code in the new SAE commit message
instead of previously cached state information.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-25 19:29:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
de580bf6c4 crypto: Remove unused crypto_bignum_sqrtmod()
This wrapper function is not used anymore, so drop it instead of trying
to figure out good way of implementing it in constant time with various
crypto libraries.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-25 19:29:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9b292a48f7 SAE: Drop sqrt() alternative from SSWU (H2E)
Remove support for performing full sqrt(), i.e., only support curves
that use prime with p = 3 mod 4. In practice, this drops only group 26
with SAE H2E. This seems acceptable since there does not seem to be any
strong use case for that group taken into account the limits being
placed on acceptable prime lengths.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-25 19:29:53 +03:00
Jesus Fernandez Manzano
00ddc1cc21 common: Fix same expression checked twice in fils_key_auth_sk()
Signed-off-by: Jesus Fernandez Manzano <jesus.manzano@galgus.net>
2019-10-25 19:29:53 +03:00
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu
327d09aa03 HE: Add 11ax info to ap mode ctrl iface STATUS command
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-25 19:29:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d7678a0842 Fix AP Extended Capability length determination
The IE minimum length determination in hostapd_eid_ext_capab() was not
fully up to date with the hostapd_ext_capab_byte() conditions. This
could result in omitting some of the capability octets depending on
configuration. Fix this by adding the missing conditions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-25 16:03:37 +03:00
Jimmy Chen
a592f2a9ea P2P: Continue listening next request if no post-PD operations
If there are no post-provision discovery operations, we should continue
in find mode to avoid getting the p2p_find operation stopped (stuck in
SEARCH state) unexpectedly.

Signed-off-by: Jimmy Chen <jimmycmchen@google.com>
2019-10-25 16:03:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f73dd0a692 FT-SAE: Add RSNXE into FT MIC
Protect RSNXE, if present, in FT Reassociation Request/Response frames.
This is needed for SAE H2E with FT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-18 16:20:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cb99259775 Add RSNXE into (Re)Association Response frames
Add the new RSNXE into (Re)Association Response frames if any of the
capability bits is nonzero.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-18 15:49:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
865721c695 Merge wpa_supplicant and hostapd EAPOL-Key KDE parsers
Use a single struct definition and a single shared implementation for
parsing EAPOL-Key KDEs and IEs instead of maintaining more or less
identical functionality separately for wpa_supplicant and hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-18 13:02:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
898b6d58f3 SAE: Verify that STA negotiated H2E if it claims to support it
If a STA indicates support for SAE H2E in RSNXE and H2E is enabled in
the AP configuration, require H2E to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-18 12:48:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
74866f5378 RSN: Verify RSNXE match between (Re)AssocReq and EAPOL-Key msg 2/4
If the STA advertises RSN Extension element, it has to be advertised
consistently in the unprotected ((Re)Association Request) and protected
(EAPOL-Key msg 2/4) frames. Verify that this is the case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-18 00:20:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9981d5bf31 Add RSNXE into AP KDE parser
This is needed for SAE hash-to-element implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-18 00:20:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d3516cad7a Store a copy of Association Request RSNXE in AP mode for later use
This is needed to be able to compare the received RSNXE to a protected
version in EAPOL-Key msg 2/4.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-18 00:20:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6d6c887751 SAE: Add RSNXE in Association Request and EAPOL-Key msg 2/4
Add the new RSNXE into (Re)Association Request frames and EAPOL-Key msg
2/4 when using SAE with hash-to-element mechanism enabled. This allows
the AP to verify that there was no downgrade attack when both PWE
derivation mechanisms are enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-17 16:54:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8401cdc8d4 Add RSNXE into IE parser
This is needed for SAE hash-to-element implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-17 16:53:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0b0ed907d1 WPS: Check SHA256 result success
These functions can fail in theory, so verify they succeeded before
comparing the hash values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:41:13 +03:00
Shiva Sankar Gajula
8dda97c758 QCA vendor command for adding a STA node
Add a QCA vendor subcommand QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_ADD_STA_NODE with
attributes qca_wlan_vendor_attr_add_sta_node_params to add STA peer
entries in AP mode. This vendor sub command is used in FT roaming
scenario to send STA node information from application/service to
driver/firmware. The attributes defined in enum
qca_wlan_vendor_attr_add_sta_node_params are used to deliver the
parameters.

Signed-off-by: Shiva Sankar Gajula <sgajula@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Subrat Dash
b41dc61afa Add a new QCA vendor attribute to carry device info for OEM data
The OEM data binary blobs from application/service will be routed to the
appropriate device based on this attribute value. This optional
attribute is used to specify whether the device type is virtual or
physical. This attribute can be omitted when the command is for a
virtual device.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Edayilliam Jayadev
bf185bfd5d QCA vendor attributes to indicate BW-based agile spectral capability
Some chipsets don't have the capability to run agile spectral scan with
160/80+80 MHz modes. Add separate agile spectral scanning capability
flags for 160, 80+80, and non-160 MHz modes to cover such cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
1317ea2c0e nl80211: Allow external auth based on SAE/FT-SAE key mgmt
In the SME-in-driver case, wpa_supplicant used only the selected SAE
auth_alg value as the trigger for enabling external authentication
support for SAE. This prevented the driver from falling back to full SAE
authentication if PMKSA caching was attempted (Open auth_alg selected)
and the cached PMKID had been dropped.

Enable external auth based on SAE/FT-SAE key_mgmt, rather than doing
this based on SAE auth_alg, so that the driver can go through full SAE
authentication in cases where PMKSA caching is attempted and it fails.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Dedy Lansky
cdb5774f42 FST: Update FST about MAC address change
Notify FST module upon MAC address change. FST module will update the
Multiband IE accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <dlansky@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
49e95ee1ee AP: Publish only HE capabilities and operation IEs on 6 GHz band
When operating on the 6 GHz band, add 6 GHz Operation Information inside
the HE Operation element and don't publish HT/VHT IEs.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>

- Replace HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211AX mode checks with is_6ghz_op_class()

Signed-off-by: Vamsi Krishna <vamsin@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
d7c2c5c98c AP: Add initial support for 6 GHz band
Add support for new hardware mode for 6 GHz band. 6 GHz operation is
defined in IEEE P802.11ax/D4.3. 6 GHz band adds global operating classes
131-135 that define channels in frequency range from 5940 MHz to 7105
MHz.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>

- Remove HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211AX mode
- Replace check for HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211AX with is_6ghz_freq()
- Move center_idx_to_bw_6ghz() to ieee802_11_common.c file

Signed-off-by: Vamsi Krishna <vamsin@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Liangwei Dong
a5b2faa714 AP: Add op_class config item to specify 6 GHz channels uniquely
Add hostapd config option "op_class" for fixed channel selection along
with existing "channel" option. "op_class" and "channel" config options
together can specify channels across 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, and 6 GHz bands
uniquely.

Signed-off-by: Liangwei Dong <liangwei@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Vamsi Krishna <vamsin@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
032c8264d4 SAE: Check that peer's rejected groups are not enabled in AP
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a5dc2a5c1a SAE: H2E version of SAE commit message handling for AP
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
43b20b4370 SAE: Derive H2E PT in AP when starting the AP
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
146889e3ca RSN: Verify RSNXE match between Beacon/ProbeResp and EAPOL-Key msg 3/4
If the AP advertises RSN Extension element, it has to be advertised
consistently in the unprotected (Beacon and Probe Response) and
protected (EAPOL-Key msg 3/4) frames. Verify that this is the case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3134bb13a8 SAE: Advertise Extended RSN Capabilities when H2E is enabled
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cc0da0ff4c SAE: Advertise BSS membership selector for H2E-only case
If hostapd is configured to enable only the hash-to-element version of
SAE PWE derivation (sae_pwe=1), advertise BSS membership selector to
indicate this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a36e13a7cd SAE: Add sae_pwe configuration parameter for hostapd
This parameter can be used to specify which PWE derivation mechanism(s)
is enabled. This commit is only introducing the new parameter; actual
use of it will be address in separate commits.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
af4487148a tests: Module test for SAE hash-to-element crypto routines
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cf84246ebb SAE: Add Rejected Groups element into H2E Commit
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
efd4285299 SAE: Hash algorithm selection for H2E KCK/CN()
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
aeb022f8e5 SAE: Implement hash-to-element PT/PWE crypto routines
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:01:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ecd7114072 SAE: Parse Rejected Groups element from H2E SAE commit
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-14 19:38:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
86f6084862 SAE: Tell sae_parse_commit() whether H2E is used
This will be needed to help parsing the received SAE commit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-14 19:38:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
316156739c SAE: H2E protocol defines
These are the defined values/identifiers for SAE hash-to-element
mechanism from IEEE P802.11-REVmd/D3.0.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-14 19:38:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1766e608ba wolfSSL: Fix crypto_bignum_sub()
The initial crypto wrapper implementation for wolfSSL seems to have
included a copy-paste error in crypto_bignum_sub() implementation that
was identical to crypto_bignum_add() while mp_sub() should have been
used instead of mp_add().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-14 19:38:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2a1c84f4e5 crypto: Add more bignum/EC helper functions
These are needed for implementing SAE hash-to-element.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-14 19:38:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9c08bfbd91 DPP: Fix confusing debug entry from Configurator
The logic for displaying the message about no configuration being
available for the Enrollee was reversed when support for multiple Config
Objects was added. This was supposed to be shown only if the first
Config Object fails (i.e., when no configuration is available); not when
second attempt fails (since the first one had already been successful in
that case).

Fixes: 7eb06a3369 ("DPP2: Allow multiple Config Objects to be build on Configurator")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-11 13:04:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f7fe055224 SAE: Allow AP behavior for SAE Confirm to be configured
hostapd is by default waiting STA to send SAE Confirm before sending the
SAE Confirm. This can now be configured with sae_confirm_immediate=1
resulting in hostapd sending out SAE Confirm immediately after sending
SAE Commit.

These are the two different message sequences:

sae_confirm_immediate=0
STA->AP: SAE Commit
AP->STA: SAE Commit
STA->AP: SAE Confirm
AP->STA: SAE Confirm
STA->AP: Association Request
AP->STA: Association Response

sae_confirm_immediate=1
STA->AP: SAE Commit
AP->STA: SAE Commit
AP->STA: SAE Confirm
STA->AP: SAE Confirm
STA->AP: Association Request
AP->STA: Association Response

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-10 15:38:26 +03:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
f6f8c6ade9 AP: Show EDMG channel info in STATUS output
Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-07 17:20:41 +03:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
241dd76cfd hostapd: Check EDMG configuration against capability
Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-07 17:20:41 +03:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
dc3457cc4a hostapd: Check usability of EDMG channel
Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-07 17:02:12 +03:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
bebd91e9c4 Add EDMG parameters to set_freq functions
This updates the frequency parameter setting functions to include
argument for EDMG.

Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-07 16:59:23 +03:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
fdd0fef2c6 EDMG: Helper functions for parameter encoding/checking
Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-07 16:59:21 +03:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
5c5ff22efc hostapd: Add EDMG channel configuration parameters
Add two new configuration parameters for hostapd:
enable_edmg: Enable EDMG capability for AP mode in the 60 GHz band
edmg_channel: Configure channel bonding for AP mode in the 60 GHz band

Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-07 16:46:29 +03:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
dda5d9e315 nl80211: Add support for EDMG channels
IEEE P802.11ay defines Enhanced Directional Multi-Gigabit (EDMG) STA and
AP which allow channel bonding of 2 channels and more.

nl80211 provides the driver's EDMG capabilities from the kernel
using two new attributes:
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS - bitmap field that indicates the 2.16
GHz channel(s) that are supported by the driver.
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG - represents the channel bandwidth
configurations supported by the driver.
The driver's EDMG capabilities are stored inside struct hostapd_hw_modes.

As part of the connect request and starting AP, EDMG parameters are
passed as part of struct hostapd_freq_params.

The EDMG parameters are sent to the kernel by using two new attributes:
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNEL and NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG
which specify channel and bandwidth configuration for the driver to use.

This implementation is limited to CB2 (channel bonding of 2 channels)
and the bonded channels must be adjacent.

Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-07 16:06:04 +03:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
a19913c170 IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 defines for EDMG
Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-07 16:06:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b719a1568a DPP2: Parse AKM suite selector version of akm node
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-01 14:21:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
68fea96038 DPP2: Allow Configurator to use AKM suite selectors in Config Object
The new use_akm_selector=1 value to Configurator parameters can now be
used to request a list of AKM suite selectors to be used in the
Configuration Object if the Enrollee supports version 2 or newer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-01 14:21:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
52d469de11 DPP2: Support multiple Config Objects in Enrollee
Process all received DPP Configuration Object attributes from
Configuration Result in Enrollee STA case. If wpa_supplicant is
configured to add networks automatically, this results in one network
being added for each included Configuration Object.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-01 14:21:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7eb06a3369 DPP2: Allow multiple Config Objects to be build on Configurator
Special @CONF-OBJ-SEP@ string can now be used as a DPP configuration
string value to split the string into two different components to
configure two Config Objects for an Enrollee.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-01 14:21:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
99918e069a DPP: Cleaned up netrole indication for config object building
Include netrole as part of struct dpp_configuration to make config
object building more flexible.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-01 14:21:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e0d22c842a FILS+FT: Fix MFPR flag in RSNE during FILS exchange for FT
Commit e820cf952f ("MFP: Add MFPR flag into station RSN IE if 802.11w
is mandatory") added indication of MFPR flag in non-FT cases and was
further extended to cover FT protocol in commit ded56f2faf ("FT: Fix
MFPR flag in RSNE during FT protocol"). Similar fix is needed for
FILS+FT as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-01 14:21:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
722c7d1958 wlantest: Process VLAN tagged Data frames
This allows Data frames to be fully processed for the case where VLAN
tags are used on the wireless link.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-20 23:54:05 +03:00
Alexander Wetzel
83b83b461d nl80211: Migrate to current netlink key message format
Linux 2.6.32 (December 2009) introduced alternate netlink messages
for setting and installing keys, deprecating the older ones.

To allow hostapd/wpa_supplicant to use new features only provided via
the new API this patch migrates all netlink messages to the current ones.

Since the nl80211 driver was sometimes already using the new format this
is only unifying the netlink API usage and not changing the minimal
kernel requirement.

The following netlink attributes have been retired for key installs:

  NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA
  NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE
  NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ
  NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
  NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER
  NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT
  NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT
  NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES

And replaced by the following attributes nested in NL80211_ATTR_KEY:

  NL80211_KEY_DATA
  NL80211_KEY_TYPE
  NL80211_KEY_SEQ
  NL80211_KEY_IDX
  NL80211_KEY_CIPHER
  NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT
  NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT
  NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES

When getting Michael MIC failure notifications or querying a key
sequence number the kernel continues to use the old attributes:
  NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE
  NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ
  NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2019-09-19 12:48:37 +03:00
Alexander Wetzel
7a4b01c879 AP: Provide correct keyid to wpa_send_eapol() for EAPOL-Key msg 3/4
PTKINITNEGOTIATING in the WPA state machine calls wpa_send_eapol() and
hands over the GTK instead of the PTK keyid.

Besides a confusing debug message this does not have any negative side
effects: The variable is only set to a wrong value when using WPA2 but
then it's not used.

With this patch PTKINITNEGOTIATING sets the PTK keyid unconditionally to
zero for EAPOL-Key msg 3/4 and differentiates more obviously between GTK
and PTK keyids.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2019-09-19 12:34:21 +03:00
Roy Marples
a3ebf71751 BSD: Add support for route(4) message filtering
hostapd is only interested in RTM_IEEE80211.
wpa_supplicant is only interested in RTM_IEEE80211, RTM_IFINFO and
RTM_IFANNOUNCE.

This supports the NetBSD RO_MSGFILTER interface and the alternative
DragonFlyBSD/OpenBSD interface ROUTE_MSGFILTER.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2019-09-19 12:16:49 +03:00
Neo Jou
d9286d0997 ACS: Stop before scan if no channels in chanlist are available
When we set "channel=0" in hostapd.conf to enable ACS function, and set
a wrong channel list, e.g., chanlist=222-999 on purpose, hostapd would
still start ACS process to compute the ideal channel, even when there
are no available channels with such configuration.

Though there is no problem since hostapd fails to initialize interface,
it spends time going through the scan and the debug log entries may make
it more difficult to tell what was behind the failure.

Thus, check if there are any available channels in acs_request_scan(),
and return -1 if no available channel, then it will fail at acs_init(),
without doing ACS computation. It will show the following in the log:
    Could not select hw_mode and channel. (-3)
    wlan0: interface state UNINITIALIZED->DISABLED

Then we can know the setting is incorrect already in
hostapd_select_hw_mode(), instead of waiting for scan callback function
to know if the setting is ok for ACS or not. This can save time and help
to tell if the setting is correct at the initial function at the first.
This will also allow the ENABLE control interface command to return FAIL
when adding an interface dynamically.

Signed-off-by: Neo Jou <neojou@gmail.com>
2019-09-19 12:09:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f32aa244ef DPP: Debug print configRequest bandSupport on Configurator
Go through the received bandSupport JSON array and print its contents in
the debug log. This information might be exposed to upper layer
configuration generation/use somehow in the future.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-19 00:21:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8f8c423a51 DPP: Add bandSupport JSON array into config request
Indicate supported global operating classes when wpa_supplicant is
operating as an Enrollee.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-19 00:21:47 +03:00
Thomas Winter
6d3dc9ba1e mka: Check OLPN for exhaustion on SAKuse decode
Most of the time is spent in the CP state machine RETIRE state where LKI
is not set and OKI is the currently used SAK so OLPN needs to be checked
for PN exhaustion.

hostapd/wpa_supplicant implemented an interpretation of the standard as
described in a proposed amendment titled "MKA pending PN exhastion"
which was deemed to be wrong. This amendment was included in IEEE Std
802.1Xck-2018.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Winter <Thomas.Winter@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
2019-09-19 00:21:47 +03:00
Thomas Winter
84851007d9 mka: Check OLPN for exhaustion on SAKuse encode
Most of the time is spent in the CP state machine RETIRE state where LKI
is not set and OKI is the currently used SAK, so OLPN needs to be
checked for PN exhaustion.

hostapd/wpa_supplicant implemented an interpretation of the standard as
described in a proposed amendment titled "MKA pending PN exhastion"
which was deemed to be wrong. This amendment was included in IEEE Std
802.1Xck-2018.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Winter <Thomas.Winter@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
2019-09-19 00:21:47 +03:00
Thomas Winter
547ba732d3 mka: Clear out old/latest key values on CHANGE in CP state machine
The associated SAs have been deleted and the key server has changed so
there's no point in keeping the key values.

Note that this isn't specified in IEEE Std 802.1X-2010.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Winter <Thomas.Winter@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
2019-09-19 00:21:47 +03:00
Thomas Winter
536a7cfcf7 mka: Don't set newSAK to FALSE on ABANDON in CP state machine
Previously the ABANDON->RECEIVE state change was impossible and did not
match the CP state machine in IEEE Std 802.1X-2010 Figure 12-2.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Winter <Thomas.Winter@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
2019-09-19 00:21:47 +03:00
Thomas Winter
0fedfba2e2 mka: Change RECEIVE and RETIRE states to match the standard
The RECEIVE and RETIRE states were incorrect which can result in
incorrect information being advertised in SAKuse MKPDUs. Change these to
match IEEE Std 802.1X-2010, Figure 12-2 (CP state machine).

hostapd/wpa_supplicant implemented an interpretation of the standard as
described in a proposed amendment titled "MKA pending PN exhastion"
which was deemed to be wrong. This amendment was included in IEEE Std
802.1Xck-2018.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Winter <Thomas.Winter@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
2019-09-19 00:21:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3f2641e7ad Fix wpa_supplicant build with CONFIG_PCSC=y
This code block with dependency on PCSC_FUNCS was missed when conf->pin
was moved to conf->cert.pin. Fix this to get rid of compilation issues
with CONFIG_PCSC=y builds.

Fixes: b99c4cadb7 ("EAP peer: Move certificate configuration params into shared struct")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-19 00:21:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5a5639b068 DPP: Allow name and mudurl to be configured for Config Request
The new hostapd and wpa_supplicant configuration parameters dpp_name and
dpp_mud_url can now be used to set a specific name and MUD URL for the
Enrollee to use in the Configuration Request. dpp_name replaces the
previously hardcoded "Test" string (which is still the default if an
explicit configuration entry is not included). dpp_mud_url can
optionally be used to add a MUD URL to describe the Enrollee device.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-19 00:21:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3394def5a8 More consistent SA check for unexpected Data frames
Use the same rules for dropping driver notifications for Data frames
from unassociated stations as were added for Management frame reception.
This results in more consistent behavior in sending out Deauthentication
frames with Reason Code 6/7.

This case was already checking for unexpected multicast addresses, so
there was no issue for the PMF protections for unexpected disconnection.
Anyway, better avoid unnecessary Deauthentication frames consistently.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-17 12:38:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
16ef233bf1 DPP2: Connection status result (Enrollee)
Add support for reporting connection status after provisioning if the
Configurator requests this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-16 17:25:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b10e01a795 DPP2: Connection status result (Configurator)
A new argument to the DPP_AUTH_INIT command (conn_status=1) can now be
used to set Configurator to request a station Enrollee to report
connection result after a successfully completed provisioning step. If
the peer supports this, the DPP-CONF-SENT event indicates this with a
new argument (wait_conn_status=1) and the Configurator remains waiting
for the connection result for up to 16 seconds.

Once the Enrollee reports the result, a new DPP-CONN-STATUS-RESULT event
is generated with arguments result, ssid, and channel_list indicating
what the Enrollee reported. result=0 means success while non-zero codes
are for various error cases as specified in the DPP tech spec. If no
report is received from the Enrollee, the event with "timeout" argument
is generated locally.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-16 17:13:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e501a2eb59 DPP2: Connection status result defines
Add defines for the connection status result mechanism.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-15 17:03:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cc8399528b DPP2: Move dpp_build_conf_result() to be within ifdef block
This is more consistent with the use of CONFIG_DPP2 since the
Configuration Result message is sent only when using version 2 or newer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-15 16:45:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3a6736fe87 DPP2: Fix a memory leak on error path for Config Result
If only one of the allocations fails, the successful allocation needs to
be freed on the error path.

Fixes: 22f90b32f1 ("DPP2: Configuration Result message generation and processing")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-15 16:30:40 +03:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
dc6c3be4e2 wpa_supplicant: Add support for 60 GHz band channels 5 and 6
The previous support in the 60 GHz band was for channels 1-4.
Add support for channels 5 and 6.

Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-13 16:14:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
018edec9b2 Remove IAPP functionality from hostapd
IEEE Std 802.11F-2003 was withdrawn in 2006 and as such it has not been
maintained nor is there any expectation of the withdrawn trial-use
recommended practice to be maintained in the future. Furthermore,
implementation of IAPP in hostapd was not complete, i.e., only parts of
the recommended practice were included. The main item of some real use
long time ago was the Layer 2 Update frame to update bridges when a STA
roams within an ESS, but that functionality has, in practice, been moved
to kernel drivers to provide better integration with the networking
stack.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-11 13:11:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d86d66dc07 AP: Silently ignore management frame from unexpected source address
Do not process any received Management frames with unexpected/invalid SA
so that we do not add any state for unexpected STA addresses or end up
sending out frames to unexpected destination. This prevents unexpected
sequences where an unprotected frame might end up causing the AP to send
out a response to another device and that other device processing the
unexpected response.

In particular, this prevents some potential denial of service cases
where the unexpected response frame from the AP might result in a
connected station dropping its association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-11 12:28:37 +03:00
John Crispin
a84bf44388 HE: Send the AP's OBSS PD settings to the kernel
This allows us to send the OBSS PD settings to the kernel, such that the
driver can propagate them to the hardware/firmware.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2019-09-10 14:00:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
262b71eead Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2019-08-30.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-10 13:42:14 +03:00
Rosen Penev
39042d7f7c os_sleep: Use nanosleep for POSIX versions 2008 and higher
uClibc-ng optionally disabled deprecated POSIX functions like usleep,
causing compilation failures. This switches to nanosleep while retaining
support for older libcs that do not support nanosleep.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2019-09-09 16:45:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d842e00bd6 SAE: Return result from confirm CN() operation to the caller
These functions could fail in theory, so report the result to the
caller.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-08 18:02:47 +03:00
Srinivas Dasari
0df82a3daf Correct the type/usage of QCA_ATTR_ROAM_CONTROL_SCAN_FREQ_LIST
Update the documentation of QCA_ATTR_ROAM_CONTROL_SCAN_FREQ_LIST
to make it a nested attribute to carry frequencies of type u32.
This is to be in sync with the nl80211 attribute
NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-08 17:48:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7d2ed8bae8 Remove CONFIG_IEEE80211W build parameter
Hardcode this to be defined and remove the separate build options for
PMF since this functionality is needed with large number of newer
protocol extensions and is also something that should be enabled in all
WPA2/WPA3 networks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-08 17:33:40 +03:00
Hu Wang
0229261874 DFS offload: Fix hostapd state and CAC info in STATUS output
With DFS offloaded to the driver, hostapd state and CAC info was not
updated in DFS-CAC-START event, so STATUS output showed wrong info. Fix
this by updating the CAC related state when processing the driver event.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-02 12:29:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4d78ba9900 EAP-TEAP peer: Clear Phase 2 EAP method on new Identity exchange
This is needed to allow clean transition from one inner EAP
authentication method to another one if EAP method negotiation is needed
within Phase 2.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-01 17:19:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6816182461 EAP-TEAP peer: Add support for machine credentials using certificates
This allows EAP-TLS to be used within an EAP-TEAP tunnel when there is
an explicit request for machine credentials. The network profile
parameters are otherwise same as the Phase 1 parameters, but each one
uses a "machine_" prefix for the parameter name.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-01 17:19:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
043de65f1c EAP peer config: Move ocsp param to phase1/phase2
OCSP configuration is applicable to each instance of TLS-based
authentication and as such, the configuration might need to be different
for Phase 1 and Phase 2. Move ocsp into struct eap_peer_cert_config and
add a separate ocsp2 network profile parameter to set this for Phase 2.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-01 17:19:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8d76e0ad7b EAP server: Configurable maximum number of authentication message rounds
Allow the previously hardcoded maximum numbers of EAP message rounds to
be configured in hostapd EAP server. This can be used, e.g., to increase
the default limits if very large X.509 certificates are used for EAP
authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-01 17:19:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b99c4cadb7 EAP peer: Move certificate configuration params into shared struct
These parameters for certificate authentication are identical for the
Phase 1 (EAP-TLS alone) and Phase 2 (EAP-TLS inside a TLS tunnel).
Furthermore, yet another copy would be needed to support separate
machine credential in Phase 2. Clean this up by moving the shared
parameters into a separate data struct that can then be used for each
need without having to define separate struct members for each use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-01 17:19:31 +03:00
John Crispin
0497e41481 HE: Fix HE Capabilities element size
Set the max value of optional bytes inside the data structure. This
requires us to calculate the actually used size when copying the
HE capabilities and generating the IE.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <seckelmann@datto.com>
2019-08-30 15:59:20 +03:00
Krishna Rao
a2e0cc9e09 Add nl80211 vendor ACS trigger reasons related to interference
Add the following ACS trigger reasons to enum
qca_wlan_vendor_acs_select_reason:
1) QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ACS_SELECT_REASON_GENERIC_INTERFERENCE
       Generic, uncategorized interference found
2) QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ACS_SELECT_REASON_80211_INTERFERENCE
       Excessive 802.11 interference found
3) QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ACS_SELECT_REASON_CW_INTERFERENCE
       Continuous Wave (CW) interference found
4) QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ACS_SELECT_REASON_MWO_INTERFERENCE
       Microwave Oven (MWO) interference found
5) QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ACS_SELECT_REASON_FHSS_INTERFERENCE
       Frequency-Hopping Spread Spectrum (FHSS) interference found
6) QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ACS_SELECT_REASON_NON_80211_FHSS_INTERFERENCE
       Non-802.11 Frequency-Hopping Spread Spectrum (FHSS) interference
       found
7) QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ACS_SELECT_REASON_WB_INTERFERENCE
       Wideband (WB) interference found
8) QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ACS_SELECT_REASON_NON_80211_WB_INTERFERENCE
       Non-802.11 Wideband (WB) interference found
9) QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ACS_SELECT_REASON_JAMMER_INTERFERENCE
       Jammer interference found

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-30 15:46:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
69e8e7817e HS 2.0: Do not add two copies of OSEN element into Beacon/Probe Resp
OSEN element was getting added both through the Authenticator IEs
(before some non-vendor elements) and separately at the end of the
frames with other vendor elements. Fix this by removing the separate
addition of the OSEN element and by moving the Authenticator IE addition
for OSEN to match the design used with WPA so that the vendor element
gets added in the proper place in the sequence of IEs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-30 15:41:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a762ba8b1e HS 2.0 AP: Do not mandate PMF for HS 2.0 Indication in open OSU network
Even though the station is not supposed to include Hotspot 2.0
Indication element in the Association Request frame when connecting to
the open OSU BSS, some station devices seem to do so. With the strict
PMF-required-with-Hotspot-2.0-R2 interpretation, such connection
attempts were rejected. Relax this to only perform the PMF check if the
local AP configuration has PMF enabled, i.e., for the production BSS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-30 15:22:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e49ce2990f IEEE 802.1X authenticator: Coding style cleanup
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-24 19:15:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
31aaddc90d Clean up IEEE 802.1X authentication debug messages for EAP code
Merge the separate debug print with the text name of the EAP code into
the same debug line with the numerical value to clean up debug log.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-24 19:15:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
71419119f4 EAP-TEAP peer: Fix protected indication of inner EAP method failure
Need to leave EAP-TEAP methodState == MAY_CONT when marking decision =
FAIL based on inner EAP method failure since this message will be
followed by protected failure indication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-24 16:56:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
93cd29d2b8 EAP-TEAP server: Add support for requiring user and machine credentials
The new eap_teap_id=5 hostapd configuration parameter value can be used
to configure EAP-TEAP server to request and require user and machine
credentials within the tunnel. This can be done either with Basic
Password Authentication or with inner EAP authentication methods.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-24 16:49:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c38c62ff78 wlantest: Derive PMK-R1 and PTK for FT protocol cases
Track PMK-R0/PMK-R0-Name from the initial mobility domain association
and derive PMK-R1/PTK when the station uses FT protocol. This allows
frames from additional roaming cases to be decrypted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-22 22:14:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c41936566e EAP-TEAP peer: Add support for machine authentication
This allows a separate machine credential to be used for authentication
if the server requests Identity-Type = 2 (machine).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-20 13:24:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c724a0a16c EAP peer: Add a concept of a separate machine credential
This is an initial step in adding support for configuring separate user
and machine credentials. The new wpa_supplicant network profile
parameters machine_identity and machine_password are similar to the
existing identity and password, but explicitly assigned for the purpose
of machine authentication.

This commit alone does not change actual EAP peer method behavior as
separate commits are needed to determine when there is an explicit
request for machine authentication. Furthermore, this is only addressing
the username/password credential type, i.e., additional changes
following this design approach will be needed for certificate
credentials.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-20 13:24:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9ce3bfaf47 RADIUS server: Abort startup on allocation failures
Be more consistent on checking all parameter allocation and copying
steps within radius_server_init() and abort startup if anything fails
instead of trying to continue with other parts of the configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-20 02:57:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fa1f0751cc RADIUS server: Use struct eap_config to avoid duplicated definitions
Use struct eap_config as-is within RADIUS server to avoid having to
duplicate all the configuration variables at each interface. This
continues cleanup on struct eap_config duplication in hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-20 02:33:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a00cb1b1f5 EAP-TEAP server: Fix eap_teap_pac_no_inner configuration
This was not passed correctly to the EAP server code when using hostapd
internal EAP server.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-20 02:13:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
986033ff3d EAP-TEAP server: Fix Crypto-Binding check in PAC no-inner-auth case
The Crypto-Binding TLV is included without Intermediate-Result TLV in
this sequence since the server is skipping all inner authentication
methods and is only sending out Result TLV with the Crypto-Binding TLV.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-20 02:13:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e54cfbb56a EAP-TEAP server: Allow a specific Identity-Type to be requested/required
The new hostapd configuration parameter eap_teap_id can be used to
configure the expected behavior for used identity type.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-20 02:13:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f186ec54c3 EAP-TEAP peer: Support Identity-Type TLV
Parse the received Identity-Type TLV and report the used Identity-Type
in response if the request included this TLV. For now, only the
Identity-Type 1 (User) is supported.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-20 01:46:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cc661c160a EAP-TEAP: Add parsing and generation routines for Identity-Type TLV
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-20 01:34:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
100b2edb28 OpenSSL: Write peer certificate chain details in debug log
This makes it more convenient to debug TLS certificate validation
issues.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-19 16:34:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7eb157f1e9 EAP: Increase the maximum number of message exchanges
Allow 100 rounds of EAP messages if there is data being transmitted.
Keep the old 50 round limit for cases where only short EAP messages are
sent (i.e., the likely case of getting stuck in ACK loop).

This allows larger EAP data (e.g., large certificates) to be exchanged
without breaking the workaround for ACK loop interop issues.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-18 17:40:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
822e7c66ae EAP server: Use struct eap_config to avoid duplicated definitions
Use struct eap_config as-is within struct eap_sm and EAPOL authenticator
to avoid having to duplicate all the configuration variables at each
interface. Split the couple of session specific variables into a
separate struct to allow a single const struct eap_config to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-18 17:36:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
62af2b18f7 EAP-TEAP peer: Support vendor EAP method in Phase 2
The implementation was previously hardcoded to use only the non-expanded
IETF EAP methods in Phase 2. Extend that to allow vendor EAP methods
with expanded header to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-17 16:18:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
aba8dc82fc EAP-PEAP server: Support vendor EAP types in Phase 2
This was already allowed with EAP-PEAP, but EAP-TEAP was hardcoded to
use only the non-expanded EAP types. Extend that to allow vendor EAP
types to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-17 16:17:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
357c1062dc EAP-FAST peer: Support vendor EAP method in Phase 2
The implementation was previously hardcoded to use only the non-expanded
IETF EAP methods in Phase 2. Extend that to allow vendor EAP methods
with expanded header to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-17 16:16:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f32f76231e EAP-FAST server: Support vendor EAP types in Phase 2
This was already allowed with EAP-PEAP, but EAP-FAST was hardcoded to
use only the non-expanded EAP types. Extend that to allow vendor EAP
types to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-17 16:15:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
887d8703bb EAP-PEAP peer: Support vendor EAP method in Phase 2
The implementation was previously hardcoded to allow only the Microsoft
SoH expanded EAP method in Phase 2 in addition to non-expanded EAP
methods. Extend that to allow any vendor EAP method with an expanded
header to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-17 16:15:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f2ef4f2550 EAP peer: Allow VENDOR-TEST method in Phase 2
This allows EAP methods to be tested for support of expanded EAP headers
in Phase 2.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-17 16:14:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5ddbd9e968 EAP-TTLS peer: Support vendor EAP method in Phase 2
The implementation was previously hardcoded to use only the non-expanded
IETF EAP methods in Phase 2. Extend that to allow vendor EAP methods
with expanded header to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-17 16:14:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5e94e7f23d EAP-TTLS server: Support vendor EAP types in Phase 2
This was already allowed with EAP-PEAP, but EAP-TTLS was hardcoded to
use only the non-expanded EAP types. Extend that to allow vendor EAP
types to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-17 16:14:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5f2301a6da Replace EapType typedef with enum eap_type
This cleans up coding style of the EAP implementation by avoiding
typedef of an enum hiding the type of the variables.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-17 11:36:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
76ddfae6eb EAP-TEAP server: Testing mechanism for Result TLV in a separate message
The new eap_teap_separate_result=1 hostapd configuration parameter can
be used to test TEAP exchange where the Intermediate-Result TLV and
Crypto-Binding TLV are send in one message exchange while the Result TLV
exchange in done after that in a separate message exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-17 00:08:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4c327146f0 EAP-TEAP peer: Allow Result TLV without Crypto-Binding TLV
If the Crypto-Binding TLV for the last EAP method has been validated
successfully in a previous message exchange with Intermediate-Result TLV
and no new EAP method has been started, Result TLV can be accepted
without an additional Crypto-Binding TLV. This allows the server to go
through additional message exchanges after inner EAP method, if needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-17 00:08:47 +03:00